Celex 02014R1321-20160825 en TXT

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.
001 — 1
This text is meant purely as a documentation tool and has no legal effect. The Union's institutions do not assume any liability
for its contents. The authentic versions of the relevant acts, including their preambles, are those published in the Official
Journal of the European Union and available in EUR-Lex. Those official texts are directly accessible through the links
embedded in this document
►B COMMISSION REGULATION (EU) No 1321/2014

of 26 November 2014
on the continuing airworthiness of aircraft and aeronautical products, parts and appliances, and on
the approval of organisations and personnel involved in these tasks
(Recast)
(Text with EEA relevance)
(OJ L 362, 17.12.2014, p. 1)
Amended by:
Official Journal
No page date
►M1 Commission Regulation (EU) 2015/1088 of 3 July 2015 L 176 4 7.7.2015
►M2 Commission Regulation (EU) 2015/1536 of 16 September 2015 L 241 16 17.9.2015
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 2
▼B
COMMISSION REGULATION (EU) No 1321/2014
of 26 November 2014
on the continuing airworthiness of aircraft and aeronautical
products, parts and appliances, and on the approval of
organisations and personnel involved in these tasks
(Recast)
(Text with EEA relevance)
▼M2
Article 1
Subject-matter and scope
This Regulation establishes common technical requirements and admin

istrative procedures to ensure:
(a) the continuing airworthiness of aircraft, including any component

for installation thereto, which are:
(i) registered in a Member State, unless their regulatory safety

oversight has been delegated to a third country and they are
not used by an EU operator; or
(ii) registered in a third country and used by an EU operator, where

their regulatory safety oversight has been delegated to a
Member State;
(b) compliance with the essential requirements set out in Regulation

(EC) No 216/2008 for continuing airworthiness of aircraft registered
in a third country and components for installation thereon for which
their regulatory safety oversight has not been delegated to a
Member State that are dry leased-in by a licence air carrier in
accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 of the European
Parliament and the Council (1).
▼B
Article 2
Definitions
Within the scope of Regulation (EC) No 216/2008, the following defi

nitions shall apply:
(a) ‘aircraft’ means any machine that can derive support in the
atmosphere from the reactions of the air other than reactions of
the air against the earth's surface;
(b) ‘certifying staff’ means personnel responsible for the release of an

aircraft or a component after maintenance;
(c) ‘component’ means any engine, propeller, part or appliance;
(1) Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 of the European Parliament and of the

Council of 24 September 2008 on common rules for the operation of air
services in the Community (OJ L 293, 31.10.2008, p. 3).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 3
▼B
(d) ‘continuing airworthiness’ means all of the processes ensuring that,
at any time in its operating life, the aircraft complies with the
airworthiness requirements in force and is in a condition for safe
operation;
(e) ‘JAA’ means ‘Joint Aviation Authorities.’;
(f) ‘JAR’ means ‘Joint Aviation Requirements’;
▼M2
(g) ‘commercial air transport (CAT) operation’ means an aircraft
operation to transport passengers, cargo or mail for remuneration
or other valuable consideration;
▼B
(h) ‘maintenance’ means any one or combination of the following
activities: overhaul, repair, inspection, replacement, modification
or defect rectification of an aircraft or component, with the
exception of pre-flight inspection;
(i) ‘organisation’ means a natural person, a legal person or part of a

legal person. Such an organisation may be established at more than
one location whether or not within the territory of the Member
States;
(j) ‘pre-flight inspection’ means the inspection carried out before

flight to ensure that the aircraft is fit for the intended flight;
(k) ‘ELA1 aircraft’ means the following manned European light

aircraft:
(i) an aeroplane with a maximum take-off mass (MTOM) of

1 200 kg or less that is not classified as complex motor-
powered aircraft;
(ii) a sailplane or powered sailplane of 1 200 kg MTOM or less;
(iii) a balloon with a maximum design lifting gas or hot air

volume of not more than 3 400 m3 for hot air balloons,
1 050 m3 for gas balloons, 300 m3 for tethered gas balloons;
(iv) an airship designed for not more than four occupants and a
maximum design lifting gas or hot air volume of not more
than 3 400 m3 for hot air airships and 1 000 m3 for gas
airships;
▼M1
(ka) ‘ELA2 aircraft’ means the following manned European Light
Aircraft:
(i) an aeroplane with a Maximum Take-off Mass (MTOM) of

2 000 kg or less that is not classified as complex motor-
powered aircraft;
(ii) a sailplane or powered sailplane of 2 000 kg MTOM or less;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 4
▼M1
(iii) a balloon;
(iv) a hot air ship;
(v) a gas airship complying with all of the following character

istics:
— 3 % maximum static heaviness,
— non-vectored thrust (except reverse thrust),
— conventional and simple design of structure, control

system and ballonet system, and
— non-power assisted controls;
(vi) a Very Light Rotorcraft;
▼B
(l) ‘LSA aircraft’ means a light sport aeroplane which has all of the
following characteristics:
(i) a Maximum Take-off Mass (MTOM) of not more than 600

kg;
(ii) a maximum stalling speed in the landing configuration (VS0)

of not more than 45 knots Calibrated Airspeed (CAS) at the
aircraft's maximum certificated take-off mass and most critical
centre of gravity;
(iii) a maximum seating capacity of no more than two persons,

including the pilot;
(iv) a single, non-turbine engine fitted with a propeller;
(v) a non-pressurised cabin;
(m) ‘principal place of business’ means the head office or the registered
office of the undertaking within which the principal financial
functions and operational control of the activities referred to in
this Regulation are exercised;
▼M2
(n) ‘critical maintenance task’ means a maintenance task that involves
the assembly or any disturbance of a system or any part on an
aircraft, engine or propeller that, if an error occurred during its
performance, could directly endanger the flight safety;
(o) ‘commercial specialised operations’ means those operations subject

to the requirements of Part-ORO, Subpart-SPO set out in Annex III
to Commission Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 (1);
(p) ‘limited operations’ means the operations of other-than-complex

motor-powered aircraft for:
(i) cost-shared flights by private individuals, on the condition that

the direct cost is shared by all the occupants of the aircraft,
pilot included and the number of persons sharing the direct
costs is limited to six;
(1) Commission Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 of 5 October 2012 laying down

technical requirements and administrative procedures related to air operations
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 216/2008 of the European Parliament and of
the Council (OJ L 296, 25.10.2012, p. 1).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 5
▼M2
(ii) competition flights or flying displays, on the condition that the
remuneration or any valuable consideration given for such
flights is limited to recovery of direct costs and a propor
tionate contribution to annual costs, as well as prizes of no
more than a value specified by the competent authority;
(iii) introductory flights, parachute dropping, sailplane towing or

aerobatic flights performed either by a training organisation
having its principal place of business in a Member State and
approved in accordance with Commission Regulation (EU)
No 1178/2011 (1), or by an organisation created with the
aim of promoting aerial sport or leisure aviation, on the
condition that the aircraft is operated by the organisation on
the basis of ownership or dry lease, that the flight does not
generate profits distributed outside of the organisation, and
that whenever non-members of the organisation are
involved, such flights represent only a marginal activity of
the organisation;
For the purpose of this Regulation, ‘limited operations’ are not

considered as CAT operations or commercial specialised oper
ations;
(q) ‘introductory flight’ means ‘introductory flight’ as defined in

Article 2(9) of Regulation (EU) No 965/2012;
(r) ‘competition flight’ means ‘competition flight’ as defined in

Article 2(10) of Regulation (EU) No 965/2012;
(s) ‘flying display’ means ‘flying display’ as defined in Article 2(11)

of Regulation (EU) No 965/2012.
▼B
Article 3
Continuing airworthiness requirements
▼M2
1. The continuing airworthiness of aircraft referred to in Article 1(a)
and components for installation thereon shall be ensured in accordance
with the provisions of Annex I.
2. Organisations and personnel involved in the continuing

airworthiness of aircraft referred to in Article 1(a) and components for
installation thereon, including maintenance, shall comply with Annex I
and where appropriate the provisions specified in Articles 4 and 5.
3. By way of derogation from paragraph 1, the continuing

airworthiness of aircraft referred to in Article 1(a) holding a permit to
fly, shall be ensured on the basis of the specific continuing
airworthiness arrangements as defined in the permit to fly issued in
accordance with Annex I (Part-21) to Commission Regulation (EU)
No 748/2012.
(1) Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 of 3 November 2011 laying

down technical requirements and administrative procedures related to civil
aviation aircrew pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 216/2008 of the European
Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 311, 25.11.2011, p. 1).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 6
▼B
4. Maintenance programmes approved in accordance with the
requirements applicable before 27 July 2015 shall be deemed to have
been approved in accordance with the requirements set out in this
Regulation.
▼M2
5. The continuing airworthiness of aircraft referred to in Article 1(b)
and components for installation thereon shall be ensured in accordance
with the provisions of Annex Va.
▼B
Article 4
Maintenance organisation approvals
▼M2
1. Maintenance organisation approvals shall be issued in accordance
with the provisions of Annex I, Subpart F, or Annex II.
▼B
2. Maintenance approvals issued or recognised by a Member State in
accordance with the JAA requirements and procedures and valid before
the entry into force of Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003 shall be deemed
to have been issued in accordance with this Regulation.
3. Personnel qualified to carry out and/or control a continued

airworthiness non-destructive test of aircraft structures and/or
components, on the basis of any standard recognised by a Member
State prior to the entry into force of Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003
as providing an equivalent level of qualification, may continue to carry
out and/or control such tests.
4. Certificates of release to service and authorised release certificates

issued before the date of entry into force of Regulation (EC) No
1056/2008 by a maintenance organisation approved under the Member
State requirements shall be deemed equivalent to those required under
points M.A.801 and M.A.802 of Annex I (Part-M) respectively.
Article 5
Certifying staff
1. Certifying staff shall be qualified in accordance with the

provisions of Annex III (Part-66), except as provided for in points
M.A.606(h), M.A.607(b), M.A.801(d) and M.A.803 of Annex I (Part-
M) and in point 145.A.30(j) and Appendix IV to Annex II (Part-145).
2. Any aircraft maintenance licence and, if any, the technical limi

tations associated with that licence, issued or recognised by a Member
State in accordance with the JAA requirements and procedures and
valid at the time of entry into force of Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003,
shall be deemed to have been issued in accordance with this Regulation.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 7
▼B
3. Certifying staff holding a licence issued in accordance with Annex
III (Part-66) in a given category/sub-category are deemed to have the
privileges described in point 66.A.20(a) of the same Annex
corresponding to such a category/sub-category. The basic knowledge
requirements corresponding to these new privileges shall be deemed
as met for the purpose of extending such licence to a new
category/sub-category.
4. Certifying staff holding a licence including aircraft which do not

require an individual type rating may continue to exercise his/her
privileges until the first renewal or change, where the licence shall be
converted following the procedure described in point 66.B.125 of
Annex III (Part-66) to the ratings defined in point 66.A.45 of the
same Annex.
5. Conversion reports and Examination credit reports complying with

the requirements applicable before Regulation (EU) No 1149/2011
applied shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Regulation.
6. Until such time as this Regulation specifies requirements for

certifying staff:
(i) for aircraft other than aeroplanes and helicopters;
(ii) for components;
the requirements in force in the relevant Member State shall continue to

apply, except for maintenance organisations located outside the
European Union where the requirements shall be approved by the
Agency.
Article 6
Training organisation requirements
1. Organisations involved in the training of personnel referred to in

Article 5 shall be approved in accordance with Annex IV (Part-147) to
be entitled:
(a) to conduct recognised basic training courses; and/or
(b) to conduct recognised type training courses; and
(c) to conduct examinations; and
(d) to issue training certificates.
2. Any maintenance training organisation approval issued or

recognised by a Member State in accordance with the JAA requirements
and procedures and valid at the time of entry into force of Regulation
(EC) No 2042/2003 shall be deemed to have been issued in accordance
with this Regulation.
3. Type training courses approved before the approval of the

minimum syllabus of certifying staff type rating training in the oper
ational suitability data for the relevant type in accordance with Regu
lation (EU) No 748/2012 shall include the relevant elements defined in
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 8
▼B
the mandatory part of that operational suitability data not later than
18 December 2017 or within two years after the operational suitability
data was approved, whichever is the latest.
Article 7
Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003 is repealed.
References to the repealed Regulation shall be construed as references

to this Regulation and shall be read in accordance with the correlation
table in Annex VI.
Article 8
Entry into force
1. This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day

following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the
European Union.
2. By way of derogation from paragraph 1, Member States may elect

not to apply:
(a) for the maintenance of piston-engine non-pressurised aeroplanes of

2 000 kg MTOM and below not involved in commercial air
transport,
until 28 September 2014, the requirement to have certifying staff

qualified in accordance with Annex III (Part-66) contained in the
following provisions:
— points M.A.606(g) and M.A.801(b)2 of Annex I (Part-M),
— points 145.A.30(g) and (h) of Annex II (Part-145);
(b) for the maintenance of ELA1 aeroplanes not involved in

commercial air transport, until ►M1 28 September 2016 ◄:
(i) the requirement for the competent authority to issue aircraft

maintenance licences in accordance with Annex III (Part-66),
as new or as converted pursuant to point 66.A.70 of the same
Annex;
(ii) the requirement to have certifying staff qualified in accordance

with Annex III (Part-66) contained in the following provisions:
— points M.A.606(g) and M.A.801(b)2 of Annex I (Part-M),
— points 145.A.30(g) and (h) of Annex II (Part-145);
▼M2
(c) for aircraft registered in a third country and dry leased-in by air
carriers licenced in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008,
until 25 August 2017, the requirements of Annex Va.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 9
▼M2
2a. By way of derogation from paragraph 1, the requirements for
aircraft used for commercial specialised operations and CAT other
than those by air carriers licenced in accordance with Regulation (EC)
No 1008/2008, set out in Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, as amended by
Regulation (EU) No 379/2014 (1), shall apply from 21 April 2017.
Until that time:
— The provisions of Annex I, point M.A.201(f) shall apply to complex

motor-powered aircraft used by operators requested by a Member
State to hold a certificate for commercial operations other than
licence air carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC)
No 1008/2008 and to commercial ATOs;
— The provisions of Annex I, point M.A.201(h) shall apply to other

than complex motor-powered aircraft, used by operators requested
by a Member State to hold a certificate for commercial operations
other than licence air carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC)
No 1008/2008 and to commercial ATOs;
— The provisions of Annex I, point M.A.306(a) shall apply to aircraft

used by licence air carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC)
No 1008/2008 and aircraft used by operators requested by a
Member State to hold a certificate for commercial operations;
— The provisions of Annex I, point M.A.801(c) shall apply to ELA1

not used by licence air carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC)
No 1008/2008 and not used by commercial ATOs;
— The provisions of Annex I, point M.A.803(b) shall apply to non-

complex motor-powered aircraft of 2 730 kg MTOM and below,
sailplane, powered sailplane or balloon, not used by licence air
carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, or by
operators requested by a Member State to hold a certificate for
commercial operations, or by commercial ATOs;
— The provisions of Annex I, point M.A.901(g) shall apply to ELA1

aircraft not used by licence air carriers in accordance with Regu
lation (EC) No 1008/2008, or by operators requested by a Member
State to hold a certificate for commercial operations, or by
commercial ATOs.
▼B
3. When a Member State makes use of the provisions of paragraph 2
it shall notify the Commission and the Agency.
(1) Commission Regulation (EU) No 379/2014 of 7 April 2014 amending

Commission Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 laying down technical
requirements and administrative procedures related to air operations
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 216/2008 of the European Parliament and
of the Council (OJ L 123, 24.4.2014, p. 1).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 10
▼B
4. For the purpose of time limits contained in points 66.A.25,
66.A.30 and Appendix III of Annex III (Part-66) related to basic
knowledge examinations, basic experience, theoretical type training
and examinations, practical training and assessment, type examinations
and on the job training completed before ►M1 Regulation (EU) No
1149/2011 ◄ applied, the origin of time shall be the date by which
►M1 Regulation (EU) No 1149/2011 ◄ applied.
5. The Agency shall submit an opinion to the Commission including

proposals for a simple and proportionate system for the licensing of
certifying staff involved in the maintenance of ELA1 aeroplanes as
well as aircraft other than aeroplanes and helicopters.
▼M1
6. By way of derogation from paragraph 1:
(a) competent authorities or, where applicable, organisations may

continue to issue certificates, previous issue, as laid down in
Appendix III to Annex I (Part-M) or Appendix II and Appendix
III to Annex IV (Part-147) to Regulation (EU) No 1321/2014, in
force prior to 27 July 2015, until 31 December 2015.
(b) certificates issued before 1 January 2016 remain valid until they are
changed, suspended or revoked.
▼B
Article 9
Agency measures
1. The Agency shall develop acceptable means of compliance (here

inafter called ‘AMC’) that competent authorities, organisations and
personnel may use to demonstrate compliance with the provisions of
the Annexes to this Regulation.
2. The AMC issued by the Agency shall neither introduce new

requirements nor alleviate the requirements of the Annexes to this Regu
lation.
3. Without prejudice to Articles 54 and 55 of Regulation (EC) No

216/2008, when the acceptable means of compliance issued by the
Agency are used, the related requirements of the Annexes to this Regu
lation shall be considered as met without further demonstration.
This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in

all Member States.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 11
▼B
ANNEX I
(Part-M)
CONTENTS
M.1
SECTION A — TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
SUBPART A — GENERAL
M.A.101 Scope
SUBPART B — ACCOUNTABILITY
M.A.201 Responsibilities
M.A.202 Occurrence reporting
SUBPART C — CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS
M.A.301 Continuing airworthiness tasks
M.A.302 Aircraft Maintenance Programme
M.A.303 Airworthiness directives
M.A.304 Data for modifications and repairs
M.A.305 Aircraft continuing airworthiness record system
M.A.306 Aircraft technical log system
M.A.307 Transfer of aircraft continuing airworthiness records
SUBPART D — MAINTENANCE STANDARDS
M.A.401 Maintenance data
M.A.402 Performance of maintenance
M.A.403 Aircraft defects
SUBPART E — COMPONENTS
M.A.501 Installation
M.A.502 Component maintenance
M.A.503 Service life limited components
M.A.504 Control of unserviceable components
SUBPART F — MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
M.A.601 Scope
M.A.602 Application
M.A.603 Extent of approval
M.A.604 Maintenance organisation manual
M.A.605 Facilities
M.A.606 Personnel requirements
M.A.607 Certifying staff and airworthiness review staff

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 12
▼B
M.A.608 Components, equipment and tools
M.A.610 Maintenance work orders
M.A.611 Maintenance standards
M.A.612 Aircraft certificate of release to service
M.A.613 Component certificate of release to service
M.A.614 Maintenance and airworthiness review records
M.A.615 Privileges of the organisation
M.A.616 Organisational review
M.A.617 Changes to the approved maintenance organisation
M.A.618 Continued validity of approval
M.A.619 Findings
SUBPART G — CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS MANAGEMENT

ORGANISATION
M.A.701 Scope
M.A.702 Application
M.A.704 Continuing airworthiness management exposition
M.A.705 Facilities
M.A.707 Airworthiness review staff
M.A.708 Continuing airworthiness management
M.A.709 Documentation
M.A.710 Airworthiness review
M.A.712 Quality system
M.A.713 Changes to the approved continuing airworthiness organisation
M.A.714 Record-keeping
M.A.716 Findings
SUBPART H — CERTIFICATE OF RELEASE TO SERVICE — CRS
M.A.803 Pilot-owner authorisation

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 13
▼B
SUBPART I — AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW CERTIFICATE
M.A.901 Aircraft airworthiness review
M.A.902 Validity of the airworthiness review certificate
M.A.903 Transfer of aircraft registration within the EU
M.A.904 Airworthiness review of aircraft imported into the EU
M.A.905 Findings
SECTION B — PROCEDURES FOR COMPETENT AUTHORITIES
M.B.101 Scope
M.B.102 Competent authority
M.B.104 Record-keeping
M.B.105 Mutual exchange of information
SUBPART B — ACCOUNTABILITY
M.B.201 Responsibilities
SUBPART C — CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS
M.B.301 Maintenance programme
M.B.302 Exemptions
M.B.303 Aircraft continuing airworthiness monitoring
M.B.304 Revocation and suspension
SUBPART D — MAINTENANCE STANDARDS
SUBPART E — COMPONENTS
SUBPART F — MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
M.B.601 Application
M.B.602 Initial Approval
M.B.603 Issue of approval
M.B.604 Continuing oversight
M.B.605 Findings
M.B.606 Changes
M.B.607 Revocation, suspension and limitation of an approval
SUBPART G — CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS MANAGEMENT

ORGANISATION
M.B.701 Application
M.B.702 Initial approval
M.B.705 Findings
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 14
▼B
M.B.706 Changes
SUBPART H — CERTIFICATE OF RELEASE TO SERVICE — CRS
SUBPART I — AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW CERTIFICATE
M.B.901 Assessment of recommendations
M.B.902 Airworthiness review by the competent authority
M.B.903 Findings
Appendix I — Continuing airworthiness management contract
Appendix II — Authorised Release Certificate — EASA Form 1
Appendix III — Airworthiness Review Certificate — EASA Form 15
Appendix IV — Class and Ratings System used for the Approval of Main
tenance Organisations referred to in Annex I (Part-M) Subpart F and in Annex
II (Part-145)
Appendix V — Maintenance Organisation Approval referred to in Annex I

(Part-M) Subpart F
Appendix VI — Continuing Airworthiness Management Organisation Approval

referred to in Annex I (Part-M) Subpart G
Appendix VII — Complex Maintenance Tasks
Appendix VIII — Limited Pilot Owner Maintenance
M.1
For the purpose of this Part, the competent authority shall be:
1. for the oversight of the continuing airworthiness of individual aircraft and the
issue of airworthiness review certificates the authority designated by the
Member State of registry;
2. for the oversight of a maintenance organisation as specified in Section A,

Subpart F of this Annex (Part-M):
(i) the authority designated by the Member State where that organisation's
principle place of business is located;
(ii) the Agency if the organisation is located in a third country;
3. for the oversight of a continuing airworthiness management organisation as

specified in Section A, Subpart G of this Annex (Part-M):
(i) the authority designated by the Member State where that organisation's
principle place of business is located if the approval is not included in an
air operator's certificate;
(ii) the authority designated by the Member State of the operator if the
approval is included in an air operator's certificate;
(iii) the Agency if the organisation is located in a third country;
▼M2
4. for the approval of maintenance programmes,
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 15
▼M2
(i) the authority designated by the Member State of registry; or
(ii) if agreed with the Member State of registry prior to the approval of the
maintenance programme:
(a) the authority designated by the State where the operator has its
principal place of business or is established or residing; or
(b) the authority responsible for the oversight of the continuing

airworthiness management organisation managing the continuing
airworthiness of the aircraft, or with which a limited contract in
accordance with M.A.201(i)(3) has been made by the owner.
▼B
SECTION A
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
SUBPART A
GENERAL
M.A.101 Scope
This Section establishes the measures to be taken to ensure that
airworthiness is maintained, including maintenance. It also specifies
the conditions to be met by the persons or organisations involved in
such continuing airworthiness management.
SUBPART B
ACCOUNTABILITY
M.A.201 Responsibilities
(a) The owner is responsible for the continuing airworthiness of an
aircraft and shall ensure that no flight takes place unless:
1. the aircraft is maintained in an airworthy condition, and;
2. any operational and emergency equipment fitted is correctly

installed and serviceable or clearly identified as unserviceable,
and;
3. the airworthiness certificate remains valid, and;
▼M1
4. the maintenance of aircraft is performed in accordance with the
maintenance programme as specified in point M.A.302.
▼B
(b) When the aircraft is leased, the responsibilities of the owner are
transferred to the lessee if:
1. the lessee is stipulated on the registration document; or
2. detailed in the leasing contract.
When reference is made in this Part to the ‘owner’, the term owner
covers the owner or the lessee, as applicable.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 16
▼B
(c) Any person or organisation performing maintenance shall be
responsible for the tasks performed.
▼M2
(d) The pilot-in-command or, in the case of air carriers licenced in
accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, the operator shall
be responsible for the satisfactory accomplishment of the pre-flight
inspection. This inspection must be carried out by the pilot or
another qualified person but need not be carried out by an
approved maintenance organisation or by Part-66 certifying staff.
(e) In the case of aircraft used by licenced air carriers in accordance

with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, the operator is responsible
for the continuing airworthiness of the aircraft it operates and shall:
(1) ensure that no flight takes place unless the conditions defined
in point (a) are met;
(2) be approved, as part of its air operator certificate, as a

continuing airworthiness management organisation pursuant
to M.A. Subpart G (CAMO) for the aircraft it operates; and
(3) be approved in accordance with Part-145 or establish a contract

in accordance with M.A.708(c) with such organisation.
(f) For complex motor-powered aircraft used for commercial

specialised operations, or CAT other than those by air carriers
licenced in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, or
commercial ATOs, the operator shall ensure that:
(1) no flight takes place unless the conditions defined in paragraph

(a) are met;
(2) the tasks associated with continuing airworthiness are

performed by an approved CAMO. When the operator is not
CAMO approved itself then the operator shall establish a
written contract in accordance with Appendix I with such an
organisation, and
(3) the CAMO referred to in (2) is approved in accordance with

Part-145 for the maintenance of the aircraft and components
for installation thereon, or it has established a contract in
accordance with M.A.708(c) with such organisations.
(g) For complex motor-powered aircraft not included in point (e) or

point (f), the owner shall ensure that:
(1) no flight takes place unless the conditions defined in paragraph

(a) are met;

performed by an approved CAMO. When the owner is not
CAMO approved itself then the owner shall establish a
organisation, and
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 17
▼M2
(3) the CAMO referred to in (2) is approved in accordance with
Part-145 for the maintenance of the aircraft and components
for installation thereon, or it has established a contract in
accordance with M.A.708(c) with such organisations.
(h) For other than complex motor-powered aircraft, used for

commercial specialised operations, or CAT other than those by
licenced air carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC) No
1008/2008, or commercial ATOs, the operator shall ensure that:
(1) no flight takes place unless the conditions defined in point (a)
are met;

performed by an approved CAMO. When the operator is not
CAMO approved itself then the operator shall establish a
organisation, and
(3) the CAMO referred to in point (2) is approved in accordance

with Part-M Subpart-F or Part-145 for the maintenance of the
aircraft and components for installation thereon, or it has estab
lished a contract in accordance with M.A.708(c) with such
organisations.
(i) For other than complex motor-powered aircraft not included in

point (e) or (h), or used for ‘limited operations’, the owner is
responsible for ensuring that no flight takes place unless the
conditions defined in point (a) are met. To that end, the owner
shall:
(1) contract the tasks associated with continuing airworthiness to

an approved CAMO though a written contract in accordance
with Appendix I, which will transfer the responsibility for the
accomplishment of these tasks to the contracted CAMO, or;
(2) manage the continuing airworthiness of the aircraft under its

own responsibility, without contracting an approved CAMO,
or;
(3) manage the continuing airworthiness of the aircraft under its

own responsibility and establish a limited contract for the
development of the maintenance programme and for
processing its approval in accordance with point M.A.302
with:
— an approved CAMO, or
— in the case of ELA2 aircraft, a Part-145 or M.A. Subpart F

maintenance organisation.
This limited contract transfers the responsibility for the devel

opment and, except in the case where a declaration is issued by
the owner in accordance with M.A.302(h), processing the approval
of the maintenance programme to the contracted organisation.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 18
▼M2
(j) The owner/operator shall ensure that any person authorised by the
competent authority is granted access to any of its facilities, aircraft
or documents related to its activities, including any subcontracted
activities, to determine compliance with this Part.
▼B
M.A.202 Occurrence reporting
(a) Any person or organisation responsible in accordance with point
M.A.201 shall report to the competent authority designated by the
State of Registry, the organisation responsible for the type design
or supplemental type design and, if applicable, the Member State
of operator, any identified condition of an aircraft or component
which endangers flight safety.
(b) Reports shall be made in a manner established by the Agency and

contain all pertinent information about the condition known to the
person or organisation.
(c) Where the person or organisation maintaining the aircraft is

contracted by an owner or an operator to carry out maintenance,
the person or the organisation maintaining the aircraft shall also
report to the owner, the operator or the continuing airworthiness
management organisation any such condition affecting the owner's
or the operator's aircraft or component.
(d) Reports shall be made as soon as practicable, but in any case

within 72 hours of the person or organisation identifying the
condition to which the report relates.
SUBPART C
CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS
M.A.301 Continuing airworthiness tasks
The aircraft continuing airworthiness and the serviceability of both

operational and emergency equipment shall be ensured by:
1. the accomplishment of pre-flight inspections;
▼M2
2. the rectification in accordance with data specified in point M.A.304
and/or point M.A.401, as applicable, of any defect and damage
affecting safe operation taking into account, the minimum
equipment list (MEL) and configuration deviation list, when appli
cable;
▼M1
3. the accomplishment of all maintenance, in accordance with the
M.A.302 aircraft maintenance programme;
▼M2
4. for all complex motor-powered aircraft or aircraft used by licenced
air carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, the
analysis of the effectiveness of the M.A.302 approved maintenance
programme;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 19
▼B
5. the accomplishment of any applicable:
(i) airworthiness directive;
(ii) operational directive with a continuing airworthiness impact;
(iii) continued airworthiness requirement established by the

Agency;
(iv) measures mandated by the competent authority in immediate

reaction to a safety problem;
6. the accomplishment of modifications and repairs in accordance with

point M.A.304;
▼M2
7. for non-mandatory modifications and/or inspections, for all complex
motor-powered aircraft or aircraft used by licenced air carriers in
accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, the establishment
of an embodiment policy;
▼B
8. maintenance check flights when necessary.
M.A.302 Aircraft Maintenance Programme

(a) Maintenance of each aircraft shall be organised in accordance with
an aircraft maintenance programme.
(b) The aircraft maintenance programme and any subsequent

amendments shall be approved by the competent authority.
▼M2
(c) When the continuing airworthiness of the aircraft is managed by a
continuing airworthiness management organisation approved in
accordance with Section A, Subpart G of this Annex (Part M) or
when there is a limited contract between the owner and this organi
sation in accordance with point M.A.201(i)(3), the aircraft main
tenance programme and its amendments may be approved through
an indirect approval procedure.
(i) In that case, the indirect approval procedure shall be estab

lished by the continuing airworthiness management organi
sation as part of the Continuing Airworthiness Management
Exposition and shall be approved by the competent authority
responsible for that continuing airworthiness management
organisation.
(ii) The continuing airworthiness management organisation shall

not use the indirect approval procedure when this organisation
is not under the oversight of the Member State of Registry,
unless an agreement exists in accordance with point M.1,
paragraph 4(ii), transferring the responsibility for the
approval of the aircraft maintenance programme to the
competent authority responsible for the continuing
airworthiness management organisation.
▼B
(d) The aircraft maintenance programme must establish compliance
with:
(i) instructions issued by the competent authority;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 20
▼B
(ii) instructions for continuing airworthiness:
— issued by the holders of the type-certificate, restricted

type-certificate, supplemental type-certificate, major
repair design approval, ETSO authorisation or any other
relevant approval issued under Regulation (EU) No
748/2012 and its Annex I (Part-21), and
— included in the certification specifications referred to in

point 21A.90B or 21A.431B of Annex I (Part-21) to
Regulation (EU) No 748/2012, if applicable;
(iii) additional or alternative instructions proposed by the owner or

the continuing airworthiness management organisation once
approved in accordance with point M.A.302, except for
intervals of safety related tasks referred in point (e), which
may be escalated, subject to sufficient reviews carried out in
accordance with point (g) and only when subject to direct
approval in accordance with point M.A.302(b).
(e) The aircraft maintenance programme shall contain details,

including frequency, of all maintenance to be carried out,
including any specific tasks linked to the type and the specificity
of operations.
▼M2
(f) For complex motor-powered aircraft, when the maintenance
programme is based on maintenance steering group logic or on
condition monitoring, the aircraft maintenance programme shall
include a reliability programme.
▼B
(g) The aircraft maintenance programme shall be subject to periodic
reviews and amended accordingly when necessary. These reviews
shall ensure that the programme continues to be valid in light of
the operating experience and instructions from the competent
authority whilst taking into account new and/or modified main
tenance instructions promulgated by the type certificate and supple
mentary type certificate holders and any other organisation that
publishes such data in accordance with Annex I (Part-21) to Regu
lation (EU) No 748/2012.
▼M1
(h) In the case of ELA1 aircraft not involved in commercial oper
ations, compliance with points (b), (c), (d), (e), and (g) may be
replaced by compliance with all the following conditions:
1. The aircraft maintenance programme shall clearly identify the

owner and the specific aircraft to which it refers, including any
installed engine and propeller.
2. The aircraft maintenance programme shall either:
— comply with the ‘Minimum Inspection Programme’,

contained in point (i), corresponding to the particular
aircraft, or
— comply with points (d) and (e).
The maintenance programme shall not be less restrictive than

the ‘Minimum Inspection Programme’.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 21
▼M1
3. The aircraft maintenance programme shall include all the
mandatory continuing airworthiness requirements, such as
repetitive Airworthiness Directives, the Airworthiness Limi
tation Section (ALS) of the Instructions for Continued
Airworthiness (ICA) or specific maintenance requirements
contained in the Type Certificate Data Sheet (TCDS).
In addition, the aircraft maintenance programme shall identify

any additional maintenance tasks to be performed because of
the specific aircraft type, aircraft configuration and type and
specificity of operation. The following elements shall be taken
into consideration as a minimum:
— Specific installed equipment and modifications of the

aircraft.
— Repairs incorporated in the aircraft.
— Life Limited components and flight safety critical

components.
— Maintenance recommendations, such as Time Between

Overhaul (TBO) intervals, recommended through service
bulletins, service letters, and other non-mandatory service
information.
— Applicable operational directives/requirements related to the

periodic inspection of certain equipment.
— Special operational approvals.
— Use of the aircraft and operational environment.
— Pilot-owner maintenance (if applicable).
4. If the maintenance programme is not approved by the

competent authority (directly or by the M.A.Subpart G organi
sation via an indirect approval procedure), the aircraft main
tenance programme shall contain a signed statement where the
owner declares that this is the aircraft maintenance programme
for the particular aircraft registration and he/she declares to be
fully responsible for its content and, in particular, for any devi
ations introduced as regards the Design Approval Holder
recommendations.
5. The aircraft maintenance programme shall be reviewed at least

annually. This review of the maintenance programme shall be
performed either:
— by the person who performs the airworthiness review of the

aircraft in accordance with point M.A.710(ga), or
— by the M.A. Subpart G organisation managing the

continuing airworthiness of the aircraft in those cases
where the review of the maintenance programme is not
performed in conjunction with an airworthiness review.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 22
▼M1
If the review shows discrepancies on the aircraft linked to defi
ciencies in the content of the maintenance programme, the
person performing the review shall inform the competent
authority of the Member State of registry and the owner shall
amend the maintenance programme as agreed with such
competent authority.
(i) In the case of ELA1 aircraft other than airships, not involved in
commercial operations, the ‘Minimum Inspection Programme’
referred to in point (h) shall comply with the following conditions:
1. It shall contain the following inspection intervals:
— For ELA1 aeroplanes and ELA1 Touring Motor Gliders

(TMG), every annual or 100 h interval, whichever comes
first. A tolerance of 1 month or 10 h may be applied to that
interval as long as the next interval is calculated from the
date or hours originally scheduled.
— For ELA1 sailplanes, ELA1 powered sailplanes other than

TMG and ELA1 balloons, every annual interval. A
tolerance of 1 month may be applied to that interval as
long as the next interval is calculated from the date orig
inally scheduled.
2. It shall contain the following:
— Servicing tasks as required by the Design Approval Holder's

requirements.
— Inspection of markings.
— Review of weighing records and weighing in accordance

with Commission Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 (1), point
NCO.POL.105.
— Operational test of transponder (if existing).
— Operational test of the pitot-static system.
— In the case of ELA1 aeroplanes:
— Operational checks for power and rpm, magnetos, fuel

and oil pressure, engine temperatures.
— For engines equipped with automated engine control, the

published run-up procedure.
— For dry-sump engines, engines with turbochargers and

liquid-cooled engines, an operational check for signs of
disturbed fluid circulation.
— Inspection of the condition and attachment of the structural

items, systems and components corresponding to the
following areas:
(1) Commission Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 of 5 October 2012 laying down technical
requirements and administrative procedures related to air operations pursuant to Regu
lation (EC) No 216/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 296,
25.10.2012, p. 1).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 23
▼M1
— For ELA1 aeroplanes:
— Airframe
— Cabin and cockpit
— Landing gear
— Wing and centre section
— Flight controls
— Empennage
— Avionics and electrics
— Powerplant
— Clutches and gearboxes
— Propeller
— Miscellaneous systems such as the ballistic rescue

system
— For ELA1 sailplanes and ELA1 powered sailplanes:
— Airframe
— Cabin and cockpit
— Landing gear
— Wing and centre section
— Empennage
— Avionics and electrics
— Powerplant (when applicable)
— Miscellaneous systems such as removable ballast,

drag chute and controls, and water ballast system
— For ELA1 hot-air balloons:
— Envelope
— Burner
— Basket
— Fuel containers
— Equipment and instruments
— For ELA1 gas balloons:
— Envelope
— Basket
— Equipment and instruments

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 24
▼M1
Until such time as this Regulation specifies a ‘Minimum Inspection
Programme’ for airships, their maintenance programme shall
comply with points (d) and (e).
▼B
M.A.303 Airworthiness directives
Any applicable airworthiness directive must be carried out within the
requirements of that airworthiness directive, unless otherwise specified
by the Agency.
M.A.304 Data for modifications and repairs
Damage shall be assessed and modifications and repairs carried out

using as appropriate:
(a) data approved by the Agency; or
(b) data approved by a Part-21 design organisation; or
(c) data contained in the certification specifications referred to in point

21A.90B or 21A.431B of Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No
748/2012.
M.A.305 Aircraft continuing airworthiness record system

(a) At the completion of any maintenance, the certificate of release to
service required by point M.A.801 or point 145.A.50 shall be
entered in the aircraft continuing airworthiness records. Each
entry shall be made as soon as practicable but in no case more
than 30 days after the day of the maintenance action.
(b) The aircraft continuing airworthiness records shall consist of:
1. an aircraft logbook, engine logbook(s) or engine module log

cards, propeller logbook(s) and log cards for any service life
limited component as appropriate, and,
▼M2
2. when required in point M.A.306, the operator's technical log.
▼B
(c) The aircraft type and registration mark, the date, together with total
flight time and/or flight cycles and/or landings, as appropriate,
shall be entered in the aircraft logbooks.
(d) The aircraft continuing airworthiness records shall contain the

current:
1. status of airworthiness directives and measures mandated by the

competent authority in immediate reaction to a safety problem;
2. status of modifications and repairs;
3. status of compliance with maintenance programme;
4. status of service life limited components;
5. mass and balance report;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 25
▼B
6. list of deferred maintenance.
(e) In addition to the authorised release document, EASA Form 1 or

equivalent, the following information relevant to any component
installed (engine, propeller, engine module or service life-limited
component) shall be entered in the appropriate engine or propeller
logbook, engine module or service life limited component log card:
1. identification of the component; and
2. the type, serial number and registration, as appropriate, of the

aircraft, engine, propeller, engine module or service life-limited
component to which the particular component has been fitted,
along with the reference to the installation and removal of the
component; and
3. the date together with the component's accumulated total flight

time and/or flight cycles and/or landings and/or calendar time,
as appropriate; and
4. the current point (d) information applicable to the component.
(f) The person responsible for the management of continuing

airworthiness tasks pursuant to Section A, Subpart B of this
Annex (Part M), shall control the records as detailed in this
point and present the records to the competent authority upon
request.
(g) All entries made in the aircraft continuing airworthiness records

shall be clear and accurate. When it is necessary to correct an
entry, the correction shall be made in a manner that clearly
shows the original entry.
(h) An owner or operator shall ensure that a system has been estab
lished to keep the following records for the periods specified:
1. all detailed maintenance records in respect of the aircraft and

any service life-limited component fitted thereto, until such time
as the information contained therein is superseded by new
information equivalent in scope and detail but not less than
36 months after the aircraft or component has been released
to service; and
2. the total time in service (hours, calendar time, cycles and

landings) of the aircraft and all service life-limited components,
at least 12 months after the aircraft or component has been
permanently withdrawn from service; and
3. the time in service (hours, calendar time, cycles and landings)

as appropriate, since last scheduled maintenance of the
component subjected to a service life limit, at least until the
component scheduled maintenance has been superseded by
another scheduled maintenance of equivalent work scope and
detail; and
4. the current status of compliance with maintenance programme

such that compliance with the approved aircraft maintenance
programme can be established, at least until the aircraft or
component scheduled maintenance has been superseded by
other scheduled maintenance of equivalent work scope and
detail; and
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 26
▼B
5. the current status of airworthiness directives applicable to the
aircraft and components, at least 12 months after the aircraft or
component has been permanently withdrawn from service; and
6. details of current modifications and repairs to the aircraft,

engine(s), propeller(s) and any other component vital to flight
safety, at least 12 months after they have been permanently
withdrawn from service.
▼M2
M.A.306 Aircraft technical log system
(a) For CAT, commercial specialised operations and commercial ATO
operations, in addition to the requirements of M.A.305, the
operator shall use a technical log system containing the
following information for each aircraft:
1. information about each flight, necessary to ensure continued

flight safety, and;
2. the current aircraft certificate of release to service, and;
3. the current maintenance statement giving the aircraft main

tenance status of what scheduled and out of phase maintenance
is next due except that the competent authority may agree to the
maintenance statement being kept elsewhere, and;
4. all outstanding deferred defects rectifications that affect the

operation of the aircraft, and;
5. any necessary guidance instructions on maintenance support

arrangements.
▼B
(b) The aircraft technical log system and any subsequent amendment
shall be approved by the competent authority.
(c) An operator shall ensure that the aircraft technical log is retained
for 36 months after the date of the last entry.
M.A.307 Transfer of aircraft continuing airworthiness records

(a) The owner or operator shall ensure when an aircraft is permanently
transferred from one owner or operator to another that the M.A.305
continuing airworthiness records and, if applicable, M.A.306 oper
ator's technical log are also transferred.
(b) The owner shall ensure, when he contracts the continuing

airworthiness management tasks to a continuing airworthiness
management organisation, that the M.A.305 continuing
airworthiness records are transferred to the organisation.
(c) The time periods prescribed for the retention of records shall
continue to apply to the new owner, operator or continuing
airworthiness management organisation.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 27
▼B
SUBPART D
MAINTENANCE STANDARDS

(a) The person or organisation maintaining an aircraft shall have
access to and use only applicable current maintenance data in
the performance of maintenance including modifications and
repairs.
(b) For the purposes of this Part, applicable maintenance data is:
1. any applicable requirement, procedure, standard or information

issued by the competent authority or the Agency,
2. any applicable airworthiness directive,
3. applicable instructions for continuing airworthiness, issued by

type certificate holders, supplementary type certificate holders
and any other organisation that publishes such data in
accordance with Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No
748/2012.
4. any applicable data issued in accordance with point

145.A.45(d).
(c) The person or organisation maintaining an aircraft shall ensure that

all applicable maintenance data is current and readily available for
use when required. The person or organisation shall establish a
work card or worksheet system to be used and shall either tran
scribe accurately the maintenance data onto such work cards or
worksheets or make precise reference to the particular maintenance
task or tasks contained in such maintenance data.
▼M2
M.A.402 Performance of maintenance
Except for maintenance performed by a maintenance organisation
approved in accordance with Annex II (Part-145), any person or
organisation performing maintenance shall:
(a) be qualified for the tasks performed, as required by this part;
(b) ensure that the area in which maintenance is carried out is well
organised and clean in respect of dirt and contamination;
(c) use the methods, techniques, standards and instructions specified in

the M.A.401 maintenance data;
(d) use the tools, equipment and material specified in the M.A.401
maintenance data. If necessary, tools and equipment shall be
controlled and calibrated to an officially recognised standard;
(e) ensure that maintenance is performed within any environmental

limitations specified in the M.A.401 maintenance data;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 28
▼M2
(f) ensure that proper facilities are used in case of inclement weather
or lengthy maintenance;
(g) ensure that the risk of multiple errors during maintenance and the
risk of errors being repeated in identical maintenance tasks are
minimised;
(h) ensure that an error capturing method is implemented after the

performance of any critical maintenance task; and
(i) carry out a general verification after completion of maintenance to

ensure the aircraft or component is clear of all tools, equipment
and any extraneous parts or material, and that all access panels
removed have been refitted.
▼B
M.A.403 Aircraft defects
(a) Any aircraft defect that hazards seriously the flight safety shall be
rectified before further flight.
▼M2
(b) Only the authorised certifying staff, according to points
M.A.801(b)1, M.A.801(b)2, M.A.801(c), M.A.801(d) or Annex II
(Part-145) can decide, using M.A.401 maintenance data, whether
an aircraft defect hazards seriously the flight safety and therefore
decide when and which rectification action shall be taken before
further flight and which defect rectification can be deferred.
However, this does not apply when the MEL is used by the
pilot or by the authorised certifying staff.
(c) Any aircraft defect that would not hazard seriously the flight safety
shall be rectified as soon as practicable, after the date the aircraft
defect was first identified and within any limits specified in the
maintenance data or the MEL.
▼B
(d) Any defect not rectified before flight shall be recorded in the
M.A.305 aircraft maintenance record system or M.A.306 operator's
technical log system as applicable.
SUBPART E
COMPONENTS
M.A.501 Installation
(a) No component may be fitted unless it is in a satisfactory condition,
has been appropriately released to service on an EASA Form 1 or
equivalent and is marked in accordance with Annex I (Part-21),
Subpart Q, unless otherwise specified in Annex I (Part-21) to
Regulation (EU) No 748/2012, Annex II (Part-145) or Subpart
F, Section A of Annex I to this Regulation.
(b) Prior to installation of a component on an aircraft the person or

approved maintenance organisation shall ensure that the particular
component is eligible to be fitted when different modification
and/or airworthiness directive configurations may be applicable.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 29
▼B
(c) Standard parts shall only be fitted to an aircraft or a component
when the maintenance data specifies the particular standard part.
Standard parts shall only be fitted when accompanied by evidence
of conformity traceable to the applicable standard.
(d) Material being either raw material or consumable material shall

only be used on an aircraft or a component when the aircraft or
component manufacturer states so in relevant maintenance data or
as specified in Annex II (Part-145). Such material shall only be
used when the material meets the required specification and has
appropriate traceability. All material must be accompanied by
documentation clearly relating to the particular material and
containing a conformity to specification statement plus both the
manufacturing and supplier source.
M.A.502 Component maintenance

(a) Except for components referred to in point 21A.307(c) of Annex I
(Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012, the maintenance of
components shall be performed by maintenance organisations
appropriately approved in accordance with Section A, Subpart F
of this Annex (Part-M) or with Annex II (Part-145).
(b) By derogation from point (a), maintenance of a component in

accordance with aircraft maintenance data or, if agreed by the
competent authority, in accordance with component maintenance
data, may be performed by an A rated organisation approved in
accordance with Section A, Subpart F of this Annex (Part-M) or
with Annex II (Part-145) as well as by certifying staff referred to
in point M.A.801(b)2 only whilst such components are fitted to the
aircraft. Nevertheless, such organisation or certifying staff may
temporarily remove this component for maintenance, in order to
improve access to the component, except when such removal
generates the need for additional maintenance not eligible for the
provisions of this point. Component maintenance performed in
accordance with this point is not eligible for the issuance of an
EASA Form 1 and shall be subject to the aircraft release
requirements provided for in point M.A.801.
(c) By derogation from point (a), maintenance of an engine/Auxiliary

Power Unit (APU) component in accordance with engine/APU
maintenance data or, if agreed by the competent authority, in
accordance with component maintenance data, may be performed
by a B rated organisation approved in accordance with Section A,
Subpart F of this Annex (Part-M) or with Annex II (Part-145) only
whilst such components are fitted to the engine/APU. Nevertheless,
such B rated organisation may temporarily remove this component
for maintenance, in order to improve access to the component,
except when such removal generates the need for additional main
tenance not eligible for the provisions of this point.
▼M2
(d) By derogation from point (a) and point M.A.801(b)2, maintenance
of a component while installed or temporarily removed from an
ELA1 aircraft used by other than licenced air carriers in
accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, and performed
in accordance with component maintenance data, may be
performed by certifying staff referred to in point M.A.801(b)2,
except for:
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 30
▼M2
1. overhaul of components other than engines and propellers, and;
2. overhaul of engines and propellers for aircraft other than CS-

VLA, CS-22 and LSA.
Component maintenance performed in accordance with point (d) is

not eligible for the issuance of an EASA Form 1 and shall be
subject to the aircraft release requirements provided for in point
M.A.801.
▼B
(e) Maintenance of components referred to in 21A.307(c) of Annex I
(Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012 shall be performed by
an A-rated organisation approved in accordance with Section A,
Subpart F of this Annex (Part-M) or Part-145, by certifying staff
referred to in point M.A.801(b)2 or by the pilot-owner referred to
in point M.A.801(b)3 while such a component is fitted to the
aircraft or temporarily removed to improve access. Component
maintenance performed in accordance with this point is not
eligible for the issuance of an EASA Form 1 and shall be
subject to the aircraft release requirements provided for in point
M.A.801.
M.A.503 Service life limited components

(a) Installed service life limited components shall not exceed the
approved service life limit as specified in the approved main
tenance programme and airworthiness directives, except as
provided for in point M.A.504(c).
(b) The approved service life is expressed in calendar time, flight

hours, landings or cycles, as appropriate.
(c) At the end the approved service life, the component must be
removed from the aircraft for maintenance, or for disposal in the
case of components with a certified life limit.
M.A.504 Control of unserviceable components

(a) A component shall be considered unserviceable in any one of the
following circumstances:
1. expiry of the service life limit as defined in the maintenance

program;
2. non-compliance with the applicable airworthiness directives and

other continued airworthiness requirement mandated by the
Agency;
3. absence of the necessary information to determine the

airworthiness status or eligibility for installation;
4. evidence of defects or malfunctions;
5. involvement in an incident or accident likely to affect its

serviceability.
▼M2
(b) Unserviceable components shall be identified and stored in a
secure location under the control of an approved maintenance
organisation until a decision is made on the future status of such
component. Nevertheless, for aircraft not used by licenced air
carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 and
other than complex motor-powered aircraft, the person or organi
sation that declared the component unserviceable may transfer its
custody, after identifying it as unserviceable, to the aircraft owner
provided that such transfer is reflected in the aircraft logbook or
engine logbook or component logbook.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 31
▼B
(c) Components which have reached their certified life limit or contain
a non-repairable defect shall be classified as unsalvageable and
shall not be permitted to re-enter the component supply system,
unless certified life limits have been extended or a repair solution
has been approved according to point M.A.304.
(d) Any person or organisation accountable under this Annex (Part-M)

shall, in the case of a point (c) unsalvageable components:
1. retain such component in the point (b) location, or;
2. arrange for the component to be mutilated in a manner that

ensures that it is beyond economic salvage or repair before
relinquishing responsibility for such component.
(e) Notwithstanding point (d) a person or organisation accountable

under this Annex (Part-M) may transfer responsibility of
components classified as unsalvageable to an organisation for
training or research without mutilation.
SUBPART F
MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
▼M2
M.A.601 Scope
This Subpart establishes the requirements to be met by an organisation
to qualify for the issue or continuation of an approval for the main
tenance of aircraft other than complex motor powered aircraft and
components to be installed therein not used by licenced air carriers
in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008.
▼B
M.A.602 Application
An application for issue or change of a maintenance organisation
approval shall be made on a form and in a manner established by
the competent authority.

(a) An organisation involved in activities subject to this Subpart shall
not exercise its activities unless approved by the competent auth
ority. Appendix V to Annex I (Part-M) provides the template
certificate for this approval.
(b) The maintenance organisation's manual referred to in point

M.A.604 shall specify the scope of work deemed to constitute
approval. Appendix IV to Annex I (Part-M) defines all classes
and ratings possible under Subpart F of this Annex (Part-M).
(c) An approved maintenance organisation may fabricate, in

conformity with maintenance data, a restricted range of parts for
the use in the course of undergoing work within its own facilities,
as identified in the maintenance organisation manual.
M.A.604 Maintenance organisation manual

(a) The maintenance organisation shall provide a manual containing at
least the following information:
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 32
▼B
1. a statement signed by the accountable manager to confirm that
the organisation will continuously work in accordance with
Annex I (Part-M) and the manual at all times, and;
2. the organisation's scope of work, and;
3. the title(s) and name(s) of person(s) referred to in point

M.A.606(b), and;
4. an organisation chart showing associated chains of responsi

bility between the person(s) referred to in point M.A.606(b),
and;
▼M1
5. a list of certifying staff and, if applicable, airworthiness review
staff and staff responsible for the development and processing
of the maintenance programme, with their scope of approval,
and;
6. a list of locations where maintenance is carried out, together

with a general description of the facilities, and;
▼B 7. procedures specifying how the maintenance organisation

ensures compliance with this Part, and;
8. the maintenance organisation manual amendment procedure(s).
(b) The maintenance organisation manual and its amendments shall be

approved by the competent authority.
(c) Notwithstanding point (b) minor amendments to the manual may

be approved through a procedure (hereinafter called indirect
approval).
M.A.605 Facilities
The organisation shall ensure that:
(a) Facilities are provided for all planned work, specialised workshops
and bays are segregated as appropriate, to ensure protection from
contamination and the environment.
(b) Office accommodation is provided for the management of all

planned work including in particular, the completion of main
tenance records.
(c) Secure storage facilities are provided for components, equipment,

tools and material. Storage conditions shall ensure segregation of
unserviceable components and material from all other components,
material, equipment and tools. Storage conditions shall be in
accordance with the manufacturers' instructions and access shall
be restricted to authorised personnel.

(a) The organisation shall appoint an accountable manager, who has
corporate authority for ensuring that all maintenance required by
the customer can be financed and carried out to the standard
required by this Part.
(b) A person or group of persons shall be nominated with the respon

sibility of ensuring that the organisation is always in compliance
with this Subpart. Such person(s) shall be ultimately responsible to
the accountable manager.
(c) All point (b) persons shall be able to show relevant knowledge,
background and appropriate experience related to aircraft and/or
component maintenance.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 33
▼B
(d) The organisation shall have appropriate staff for the normal
expected contracted work. The use of temporarily sub-contracted
staff is permitted in the case of higher than normally expected
contracted work and only for personnel not issuing a certificate
of release to service.
▼M1
(e) The qualification of all personnel involved in maintenance,
airworthiness reviews and development of maintenance
programmes shall be demonstrated and recorded.
▼B
(f) Personnel who carry out specialised tasks such as welding, non-
destructive testing/inspection other than colour contrast shall be
qualified in accordance with an officially recognised standard.
▼M2
(g) The maintenance organisation shall have sufficient certifying staff
to issue M.A.612 and M.A.613 certificates of release to service for
aircraft and components. They shall comply with the requirements
of Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 1321/2014.
▼B
(h) By derogation from point (g), the organisation may use certifying
staff qualified in accordance with the following provisions when
providing maintenance support to operators involved in
commercial operations, subject to appropriate procedures to be
approved as part of the organisation's manual:
1. For a repetitive pre-flight airworthiness directive which

specifically states that the flight crew may carry out such
airworthiness directive, the organisation may issue a limited
certifying staff authorisation to the aircraft commander on the
basis of the flight crew licence held, provided that the organi
sation ensures that sufficient practical training has been carried
out to ensure that such person can accomplish the airworthiness
directive to the required standard;
2. In the case of aircraft operating away from a supported location

the organisation may issue a limited certifying staff authori
sation to the aircraft commander on the basis of the flight
crew licence, provided that the organisation ensures that
sufficient practical training has been carried out to ensure that
such person can accomplish the task to the required standard.
▼M1
(i) If the organisation performs airworthiness reviews and issues the
corresponding airworthiness review certificate for ELA1 aircraft
not involved in commercial operations in accordance with
M.A.901(l), it shall have airworthiness review staff qualified and
authorised in accordance with M.A.901(l)1.
(j) If the organisation is involved in the development and processing

of approval of the maintenance programme for ELA2 aircraft not
involved in commercial operations in accordance with
M.A.201(e)(ii), it shall have qualified staff who shall be able to
show relevant knowledge and experience.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 34
▼M1
M.A.607 Certifying staff and airworthiness review staff
▼B
(a) In addition to point M.A.606(g), certifying staff can only exercise
their privileges, if the organisation has ensured:
1. that certifying staff can demonstrate that they meet the

requirements of point 66.A.20(b) of Annex III (Part-66),
except when Annex III (Part-66) refers to Member State regu
lation, in which case they shall meet the requirement of such
regulation, and;
2. that certifying staff have an adequate understanding of the

relevant aircraft and/or aircraft component(s) to be maintained
together with the associated organisation procedures.
(b) In the following unforeseen cases, where an aircraft is grounded at

a location other than the main base where no appropriate certifying
staff is available, the maintenance organisation contracted to
provide maintenance support may issue a one-off certification auth
orisation:
1. to one of its employees holding type qualifications on aircraft of

similar technology, construction and systems; or
2. to any person with not less than three years maintenance

experience and holding a valid ICAO aircraft maintenance
licence rated for the aircraft type requiring certification
provided there is no organisation appropriately approved
under this Part at that location and the contracted organisation
obtains and holds on file evidence of the experience and the
licence of that person.
►M1 All such cases must be reported to the competent authority

within seven days after issuing such certification authorisation. ◄
The approved maintenance organisation issuing the one-off certifi
cation authorisation shall ensure that any such maintenance that
could affect flight safety is re-checked.
▼M1
(c) The approved maintenance organisation shall record all details
concerning certifying staff and airworthiness review staff and
maintain a current list of all certifying staff and airworthiness
review staff together with their scope of approval as part of the
organisation's manual pursuant to point M.A.604(a)5.
▼B
M.A.608 Components, equipment and tools
(a) The organisation shall:
1. hold the equipment and tools specified in the maintenance data

described in point M.A.609 or verified equivalents as listed in
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 35
▼B
the maintenance organisation manual as necessary for day-to-
day maintenance within the scope of the approval; and,
2. demonstrate that it has access to all other equipment and tools

used only on an occasional basis.
(b) Tools and equipment shall be controlled and calibrated to an offi

cially recognised standard. Records of such calibrations and the
standard used shall be kept by the organisation.
(c) The organisation shall inspect, classify and appropriately segregate

all incoming components.

The approved maintenance organisation shall hold and use applicable
current maintenance data specified in point M.A.401 in the
performance of maintenance including modifications and repairs. In
the case of customer provided maintenance data, it is only necessary
to have such data when the work is in progress.
M.A.610 Maintenance work orders

Before the commencement of maintenance a written work order shall
be agreed between the organisation and the organisation requesting
maintenance to clearly establish the maintenance to be carried out.
M.A.611 Maintenance standards

All maintenance shall be carried out in accordance with the
requirements of Section A, Subpart D of this Annex (Part-M).

At the completion of all required aircraft maintenance in accordance
with this Subpart an aircraft certificate of release to service shall be
issued according to point M.A.801.

(a) At the completion of all required component maintenance in
accordance with this Subpart a component certificate of release
to service shall be issued in accordance with point M.A.802.
EASA Form 1 shall be issued except for those components main
tained in accordance with points M.A.502(b), M.A.502(d) or
M.A.502(e) and components fabricated in accordance with point
M.A.603(c).
(b) The component certificate release to service document, EASA

Form 1 may be generated from a computer database.
▼M1
M.A.614 Maintenance and airworthiness review records
(a) The approved maintenance organisation shall record all details

of work carried out. Records necessary to prove all requirements
have been met for the issue of the certificate of release to service
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 36
▼M1
including the subcontractor's release documents and for the issue
of any airworthiness review certificate and recommendation
shall be retained.
▼B
(b) The approved maintenance organisation shall provide a copy of
each certificate of release to service to the aircraft owner,
together with a copy of any specific repair/modification data
used for repairs/modifications carried out.
▼M1
(c) The approved maintenance organisation shall retain a copy of all
maintenance records and any associated maintenance data for
three years from the date the aircraft or aircraft component to
which the work relates was released from the approved main
tenance organisation. In addition, it shall retain a copy of all the
records related to the issue of recommendations and
airworthiness review certificates for three years from the date
of issue and shall provide a copy of them to the owner of the
aircraft.
1. The records under this point shall be stored in a manner that

ensures protection from damage, alteration, and theft.
2. All computer hardware used to ensure backup shall be stored

in a different location from that containing the working data
in an environment that ensures they remain in good
condition.
3. Where an approved maintenance organisation terminates its

operation, all retained maintenance records covering the last
three years shall be distributed to the last owner or customer
of the respective aircraft or component or shall be stored as
specified by the competent authority.
▼B
The maintenance organisation approved in accordance with Section A,
Subpart F of this Annex (Part-M), may:
(a) maintain any aircraft and/or component for which it is approved at

the locations specified in the approval certificate and the main
tenance organisation manual;
(b) arrange for the performance of specialized services under the

control of the maintenance organisation at another organisation
appropriately qualified, subject to appropriate procedures being
established as part of the Maintenance Organisation Manual
approved by the competent authority directly;
(c) maintain any aircraft and/or component for which it is approved at

any location subject to the need of such maintenance arising either
from the unserviceability of the aircraft or from the necessity of
supporting occasional maintenance, subject to the conditions
specified in the Maintenance Organisation Manual;
(d) issue certificates of release to service on completion of main

tenance, in accordance with point M.A.612 or point M.A.613;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 37
▼M1
(e) if specifically approved to do so for ELA1 aircraft not involved in
commercial operations,
1. perform airworthiness reviews and issue the corresponding

airworthiness review certificate, under the conditions specified in
point M.A.901(l), and

recommendations, under the conditions specified in point
M.A.901(l) and M.A.904(a)2 and (b).
(f) develop the maintenance programme and process its approval in

accordance with point M.A.302 for ELA2 aircraft not involved in
commercial operations, under the conditions specified in point
M.A.201(e)(ii), and limited to the aircraft ratings listed in the
approval certificate.
The organisation shall only maintain an aircraft or component for

which it is approved when all the necessary facilities, equipment,
tooling, material, maintenance data and certifying staff are available.
▼B
M.A.616 Organisational review
To ensure that the approved maintenance organisation continues to
meet the requirements of this Subpart, it shall organise, on a regular
basis, organisational reviews.
M.A.617 Changes to the approved maintenance organisation

In order to enable the competent authority to determine continued
compliance with this Part, the approved maintenance organisation
shall notify it of any proposal to carry out any of the following
changes, before such changes take place:
1. the name of the organisation;
2. the location of the organisation;
3. additional locations of the organisation;
4. the accountable manager;
5. any of the persons specified in point M.A.606(b);
▼M1
6. the facilities, equipment, tools, material, procedures, work scope,
certifying staff and airworthiness review staff that could affect the
approval.
▼B
In the case of proposed changes in personnel not known to the
management beforehand, these changes shall be notified at the
earliest opportunity.

(a) An approval shall be issued for an unlimited duration. It shall
remain valid subject to:
1. the organisation remaining in compliance with this Part, in

accordance with the provisions related to the handling of
findings as specified under point M.A.619, and;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 38
▼B
2. the competent authority being granted access to the organisation
to determine continued compliance with this Part, and;
3. the approval not being surrendered or revoked;
(b) Upon surrender or revocation, the approval certificate shall be

returned to the competent authority.
M.A.619 Findings
(a) A level 1 finding is any significant non-compliance with Part-M
requirements which lowers the safety standard and hazards
seriously the flight safety.
(b) A level 2 finding is any non-compliance with the Part-M

requirements which could lower the safety standard and possibly
hazard the flight safety.
(c) After receipt of notification of findings according to point

M.B.605, the holder of the maintenance organisation approval
shall define a corrective action plan and demonstrate corrective
action to the satisfaction of the competent authority within a
period agreed with this authority.
SUBPART G
CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS MANAGEMENT ORGANISATION
M.A.701 Scope
This Subpart establishes the requirements to be met by an organisation
to qualify for the issue or continuation of an approval for the
management of aircraft continuing airworthiness.
M.A.702 Application
An application for issue or change of a continuing airworthiness
management organisation approval shall be made on a form and in a
manner established by the competent authority.

(a) The approval is indicated on a certificate included in Appendix VI
issued by the competent authority.
▼M2
(b) Notwithstanding point (a), for licenced air carriers in accordance
with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, the approval shall be part of
the air operator certificate issued by the competent authority, for
the aircraft operated.
▼B
(c) The scope of work deemed to constitute the approval shall be
specified in the continuing airworthiness management exposition
in accordance with point M.A.704.
M.A.704 Continuing airworthiness management exposition

(a) The continuing airworthiness management organisation shall
provide a continuing airworthiness management exposition
containing the following information:
1. a statement signed by the accountable manager to confirm that

the organisation will work in accordance with this Part and the
exposition at all times, and;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 39
▼B
2. the organisation's scope of work, and;
3. the title(s) and name(s) of person(s) referred to in points

M.A.706(a), M.A.706(c), M.A.706(d) and M.A.706(i), and;

bility between all the person(s) referred to in points M.A.706(a),
M.A.706(c), M.A.706(d) and M.A.706(i), and;
5. a list of the airworthiness staff referred to in point M.A.707,

specifying, where applicable, the staff authorised to issue
permits to fly in accordance with point M.A.711(c), and;
6. a general description and location of the facilities, and;
7. procedures specifying how the continuing airworthiness

management organisation ensures compliance with this Part,
and;
8. the continuing airworthiness management exposition

amendment procedures, and;
▼M2
9. the list of approved aircraft maintenance programmes, or, for
aircraft not used by licenced air carriers in accordance with
Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, the list of ‘generic’ and
‘baseline’ maintenance programmes.
▼B
(b) The continuing airworthiness management exposition and its
amendments shall be approved by the competent authority.
(c) Notwithstanding point (b), minor amendments to the exposition

may be approved indirectly through an indirect approval procedure.
The indirect approval procedure shall define the minor amendment
eligible, be established by the continuing airworthiness
management organisation as part of the exposition and be
approved by the competent authority responsible for that
continuing airworthiness management organisation.
M.A.705 Facilities
The continuing airworthiness management organisation shall provide
suitable office accommodation at appropriate locations for the
personnel specified in point M.A.706.

(a) The organisation shall appoint an accountable manager, who has
corporate authority for ensuring that all continuing airworthiness
management activities can be financed and carried out in
accordance with this Part.
▼M2
(b) For licenced air carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC) No
1008/2008 the accountable manager referred to in point (a) shall be
the person who also has corporate authority for ensuring that all
the operations of the operator can be financed and carried out to
the standard required for the issue of an air operator's certificate.
▼B
(c) A person or group of persons shall be nominated with the respon
sibility of ensuring that the organisation is always in compliance
with this Subpart. Such person(s) shall be ultimately responsible to
the accountable manager.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 40
▼M2
(d) For licenced air carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC) No
1008/2008, the accountable manager shall designate a nominated
post holder. This person shall be responsible for the management
and supervision of continuing airworthiness activities, pursuant to
point (c).
▼B
(e) The nominated post holder referred to in point (d) shall not be
employed by a Part-145 approved organisation under contract to
the operator, unless specifically agreed by the competent authority.
(f) The organisation shall have sufficient appropriately qualified staff

for the expected work.
(g) All point (c) and (d) persons shall be able to show relevant
knowledge, background and appropriate experience related to
aircraft continuing airworthiness.
(h) The qualification of all personnel involved in continuing

airworthiness management shall be recorded.
(i) For organisations extending airworthiness review certificates in

accordance with points M.A.711(a)4 and M.A.901(f), the organi
sation shall nominate persons authorised to do so, subject to
approval by the competent authority.
(j) The organisation shall define and keep updated in the continuing
airworthiness management exposition the title(s) and name(s) of
person(s) referred to in points M.A.706(a), M.A.706(c),
M.A.706(d) and M.A.706(i).
▼M2
(k) For complex motor-powered aircraft and for aircraft used by
1008/2008, the organisation shall establish and control the
competence of personnel involved in the continuing airworthiness
management, airworthiness review and/or quality audits in
accordance with a procedure and to a standard agreed by the
▼B
M.A.707 Airworthiness review staff
▼M2
(a) To be approved to carry out airworthiness reviews and, if appli
cable, to issue permits to fly, an approved continuing airworthiness
management organisation shall have appropriate airworthiness
review staff to issue airworthiness review certificates or recommen
dations referred to in Section A of Subpart I and, if applicable, to
issue a permit to fly in accordance with point M.A.711(c):
1. For aircraft used by licenced air carriers in accordance with

Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, and aircraft above 2 730 kg
MTOM, except balloons, these staff shall have acquired:
(a) at least 5 years' experience in continuing airworthiness, and;
(b) an appropriate license in compliance with Annex III (Part-

66) or an aeronautical degree or a national equivalent, and;
(c) formal aeronautical maintenance training, and;
(d) a position within the approved organisation with appropriate

responsibilities.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 41
▼M2
(e) Notwithstanding points (a) to (d), the requirement laid down
in point M.A.707(a)1(b) may be replaced by 5 years of
experience in continuing airworthiness additional to those
already required by point M.A.707(a)1(a).
2. For aircraft not used by licenced air carriers in accordance with

Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 of 2 730 kg MTOM and below,
and balloons, these staff shall have acquired:
(b) an appropriate license in compliance with Annex III (Part-

66) or an aeronautical degree or a national equivalent, and;
(c) appropriate aeronautical maintenance training, and;
(d) a position within the approved organisation with appropriate

responsibilities;
(e) Notwithstanding points (a) to (d), the requirement laid down

in point M.A.707(a)2(b) may be replaced by 4 years of
experience in continuing airworthiness additional to those
already required by point M.A.707(a)2(a).
▼M1
(b) Airworthiness review staff nominated by the approved continuing
airworthiness organisation can only be issued an authorisation by
the approved continuing airworthiness organisation when formally
accepted by the competent authority after satisfactory completion
of an airworthiness review under the supervision of the competent
authority or under the supervision of the organisation's
airworthiness review staff in accordance with a procedure
approved by the competent authority.
▼B
(c) The organisation shall ensure that aircraft airworthiness review
staff can demonstrate appropriate recent continuing airworthiness
management experience.
(d) Airworthiness review staff shall be identified by listing each person

in the continuing airworthiness management exposition together
with their airworthiness review authorisation reference.
(e) The organisation shall maintain a record of all airworthiness review

staff, which shall include details of any appropriate qualification
held together with a summary of relevant continuing airworthiness
management experience and training and a copy of the authori
sation. This record shall be retained until two years after the
airworthiness review staff have left the organisation.
M.A.708 Continuing airworthiness management

(a) All continuing airworthiness management shall be carried out
according to the prescriptions of M.A Subpart C.
(b) For every aircraft managed, the approved continuing airworthiness

management organisation shall:
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 42
▼B
1. develop and control a maintenance programme for the aircraft
managed including any applicable reliability programme,
▼M2
2. present the aircraft maintenance programme and its
amendments to the competent authority for approval, unless
covered by an indirect approval procedure in accordance with
point M.A.302(c), and for aircraft not used by licenced air
carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008
provide a copy of the programme to the owner or operator
responsible in accordance with M.A.201,
▼B
3. manage the approval of modification and repairs,
4. ensure that all maintenance is carried out in accordance with

the approved maintenance programme and released in
accordance with Section A, Subpart H of this Annex (Part-M),
5. ensure that all applicable airworthiness directives and oper

ational directives with a continuing airworthiness impact, are
applied,
6. ensure that all defects discovered during scheduled main

tenance or reported are corrected by an appropriately
approved maintenance organisation,
7. ensure that the aircraft is taken to an appropriately approved

maintenance organisation whenever necessary,
8. coordinate scheduled maintenance, the application of

airworthiness directives, the replacement of service life
limited parts, and component inspection to ensure the work
is carried out properly,
9. manage and archive all continuing airworthiness records and/or

operator's technical log.
10. ensure that the mass and balance statement reflects the current
status of the aircraft.
▼M2
(c) In the case of complex motor-powered aircraft or aircraft used for
CAT, or aircraft used for commercial specialised operations or
commercial ATO operations, when the continuing airworthiness
management organisation is not appropriately approved to Part-
145 or Part-M.A. Subpart-F, the organisation shall in consultation
with the operator, establish a written maintenance contract with a
Part-145 or Part-M.A. Subpart-F approved organisation or another
operator, detailing the functions specified under M.A.301-2,
M.A.301-3, M.A.301-5 and M.A.301-6, ensuring that all main
tenance is ultimately carried out by a Part-145 or Part-M.A.
Subpart-F approved maintenance organisation and defining the
support of the quality functions of M.A.712(b).
(d) Notwithstanding point (c), the contract may be in the form of

individual work orders addressed to the Part-145 or Part-M.A.
Subpart-F maintenance organisation in the case of:
1. an aircraft requiring unscheduled line maintenance,
2. component maintenance, including engine maintenance.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 43
▼B
M.A.709 Documentation
(a) The approved continuing airworthiness management organisation
shall hold and use applicable current maintenance data in
accordance with point M.A.401 for the performance of continuing
airworthiness tasks referred to in point M.A.708. This data may be
provided by the owner or the operator, subject to an appropriate
contract being established with such an owner or operator. In such
case, the continuing airworthiness management organisation only
needs to keep such data for the duration of the contract, except
when required by point M.A.714.
▼M2
(b) For aircraft not used by licenced air carriers in accordance with
Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, the approved continuing
airworthiness management organisation may develop ‘baseline’
and/or ‘generic’ maintenance programmes in order to allow for
the initial approval and/or the extension of the scope of an
approval without having the contracts referred to in Appendix I
to this Annex (Part M). These ‘baseline’ and/or ‘generic’ main
tenance programmes however do not preclude the need to establish
an adequate Aircraft Maintenance Programme in compliance with
point M.A.302 in due time before exercising the privileges referred
to in point M.A.711.
▼B
M.A.710 Airworthiness review
(a) To satisfy the requirement for the airworthiness review of an
aircraft referred to in point M.A.901, a full documented review
of the aircraft records shall be carried out by the approved
continuing airworthiness management organisation in order to
be satisfied that:
1. airframe, engine and propeller flying hours and associated

flight cycles have been properly recorded; and
2. the flight manual is applicable to the aircraft configuration

and reflects the latest revision status; and
3. all the maintenance due on the aircraft according to the

approved maintenance programme has been carried out; and
4. all known defects have been corrected or, when applicable,

carried forward in a controlled manner; and
5. all applicable airworthiness directives have been applied and

properly registered; and
6. all modifications and repairs applied to the aircraft have been

registered and are in compliance with Annex I (Part-21) to
Regulation (EU) No 748/2012; and
7. all service life limited components installed on the aircraft are

properly identified, registered and have not exceeded their
approved service life limit; and
8. all maintenance has been released in accordance with Annex I

(Part-M); and
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 44
▼B
9. the current mass and balance statement reflects the
configuration of the aircraft and is valid; and
10. the aircraft complies with the latest revision of its type design
approved by the Agency; and
11. if required, the aircraft holds a noise certificate corresponding

to the current configuration of the aircraft in compliance with
Subpart I of Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No
748/2012.
(b) The airworthiness review staff of the approved continuing

airworthiness management organisation shall carry out a
physical survey of the aircraft. For this survey, airworthiness
review staff not appropriately qualified to Annex III (Part-66)
shall be assisted by such qualified personnel.
(c) Through the physical survey of the aircraft, the airworthiness

review staff shall ensure that:
1. all required markings and placards are properly installed; and
2. the aircraft complies with its approved flight manual; and
3. the aircraft configuration complies with the approved docu

mentation; and
4. no evident defect can be found that has not been addressed

according to point M.A.403; and
5. no inconsistencies can be found between the aircraft and the

point (a) documented review of records.
(d) By derogation to point M.A.901(a), the airworthiness review can

be anticipated by a maximum period of 90 days without loss of
continuity of the airworthiness review pattern, to allow the
physical review to take place during a maintenance check.
(e) The airworthiness review certificate (EASA Form 15b) or the

recommendation for the issue of the airworthiness review
certificate (EASA Form 15a) referred to in Appendix III to
Annex I (Part-M) can only be issued:
1. by airworthiness review staff appropriately authorised in

accordance with point M.A.707 on behalf of the approved
continuing airworthiness management organisation or by
certifying staff in cases provided for in point M.A.901(g); and
2. when satisfied that the airworthiness review has been

completely carried out and that there is no non-compliance
which is known to endanger flight safety.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 45
▼B
(f) A copy of any airworthiness review certificate issued or extended
for an aircraft shall be sent to the Member State of Registry of
that aircraft within 10 days.
(g) Airworthiness review tasks shall not be sub-contracted.
▼M1
(ga) For ELA1 aircraft not involved in commercial operations for
which the aircraft maintenance programme has been established
in accordance with M.A.302(h), the aircraft maintenance
programme shall be reviewed in conjunction with the
airworthiness review. This review shall be accomplished by the
person who performed the airworthiness review.
(h) Should the outcome of the airworthiness review be inconclusive

or should the review under point M.A.710(ga) show discrepancies
on the aircraft linked to deficiencies in the content of the main
tenance programme, the competent authority shall be informed by
the organisation as soon as practicable but in any case within 72
hours from the moment the organisation identifies the condition to
which the review relates. The airworthiness review certificate
shall not be issued until all findings have been closed.
▼B
(a) A continuing airworthiness management organisation approved in
accordance with Section A, Subpart G of this Annex (Part-M)
may:
▼M2
1. manage the continuing airworthiness of aircraft, except those
used by licenced air carriers in accordance with Regulation
(EC) No 1008/2008, as listed on the approval certificate;
2. manage the continuing airworthiness of aircraft used by

1008/2008, when listed both on its approval certificate and on
its Air Operator Certificate (AOC);
▼B
3. arrange to carry out limited continuing airworthiness tasks with
any contracted organisation, working under its quality system,
as listed on the approval certificate;
4. extend, under the conditions of point M.A.901(f), an

airworthiness review certificate that has been issued by the
competent authority or by another continuing airworthiness
management organisation approved in accordance with Section
A, Subpart G of this Annex (Part-M);
(b) An approved continuing airworthiness management organisation

registered in one of the Member States may, additionally, be
approved to carry out airworthiness reviews referred to in point
M.A.710 and:
1. issue the related airworthiness review certificate and extend it in

due time under the conditions of points M.A.901(c)2 or
M.A.901(e)2; and,
2. issue a recommendation for the airworthiness review to the

competent authority of the Member State of registry.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 46
▼B
(c) A continuing airworthiness management organisation whose
approval includes the privileges referred to in point M.A.711(b)
may additionally be approved to issue a permit to fly in accordance
with point 21.A.711(d) of Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU)
No 748/2012 for the particular aircraft for which the organisation
is approved to issue the airworthiness review certificate, when the
continuing airworthiness management organisation is attesting
conformity with approved flight conditions, subject to an
adequate approved procedure in the exposition referred to in
point M.A.704.
M.A.712 Quality system

(a) To ensure that the approved continuing airworthiness management
organisation continues to meet the requirements of this Subpart, it
shall establish a quality system and designate a quality manager to
monitor compliance with, and the adequacy of, procedures required
to ensure airworthy aircraft. Compliance monitoring shall include a
feedback system to the accountable manager to ensure corrective
action as necessary.
(b) The quality system shall monitor activities carried out under
Section A, Subpart G of this Annex (Part M). It shall at least
include the following functions:
1. monitoring that all activities carried out under Section A,

Subpart G of this Annex (Part M) are being performed in
accordance with the approved procedures, and;
2. monitoring that all contracted maintenance is carried out in

accordance with the contract, and;
3. monitoring the continued compliance with the requirements of

this Part.
(c) The records of these activities shall be stored for at least two years.
(d) Where the approved continuing airworthiness management organi

sation is approved in accordance with another Part, the quality
system may be combined with that required by the other Part.
▼M2
(e) For licenced air carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC) No
1008/2008 the M.A. Subpart G quality system shall be an inte
grated part of the operator's quality system.
(f) In the case of a small organisation not managing the continuing

airworthiness of aircraft used by licenced air carriers in accordance
with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008, the quality system may be
replaced by regular organisational reviews subject to the approval
of the competent authority, except when the organisation issues
airworthiness review certificates for aircraft above 2 730 kg
MTOM other than balloons. In the case where there is no
quality system, the organisation shall not contract continuing
airworthiness management tasks to other parties.
▼B
M.A.713 Changes to the approved continuing airworthiness organisation
In order to enable the competent authority to determine continued
compliance with this Part, the approved continuing airworthiness
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 47
▼B
management organisation shall notify it of any proposal to carry out
any of the following changes, before such changes take place:
1. the name of the organisation.
2. the location of the organisation.
3. additional locations of the organisation.
4. the accountable manager.
5. any of the persons specified in M.A.706(c).
6. the facilities, procedures, work scope and staff that could affect the
approval.
In the case of proposed changes in personnel not known to the

management beforehand, these changes shall be notified at the
earliest opportunity.
M.A.714 Record-keeping
(a) The continuing airworthiness management organisation shall record
all details of work carried out. The records required by M.A.305
and if applicable M.A.306 shall be retained.
(b) If the continuing airworthiness management organisation has the

privilege referred to in point M.A.711(b), it shall retain a copy of
each airworthiness review certificate and recommendation issued
or, as applicable, extended, together with all supporting documents.
In addition, the organisation shall retain a copy of any
airworthiness review certificate that it has extended under the
privilege referred to in point M.A.711(a)4.
(c) If the continuing airworthiness management organisation has the

privilege referred to in point M.A.711(c), it shall retain a copy of
each permit to fly issued in accordance with the provisions of point
21A.729 of Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012.
(d) The continuing airworthiness management organisation shall retain

a copy of all records referred to in points (b) and (c) until two
years after the aircraft has been permanently withdrawn from
service.
(e) The records shall be stored in a manner that ensures protection

from damage, alteration and theft.
(f) All computer hardware used to ensure backup shall be stored in a

different location from that containing the working data in an
environment that ensures they remain in good condition.
(g) Where continuing airworthiness management of an aircraft is trans

ferred to another organisation or person, all retained records shall
be transferred to the said organisation or person. The time periods
prescribed for the retention of records shall continue to apply to the
said organisation or person.
(h) Where a continuing airworthiness management organisation

terminates its operation, all retained records shall be transferred
to the owner of the aircraft.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 48
▼B

findings as specified under point M.B.705 and;

to determine continued compliance with this Part, and;
3. the approval not being surrendered or revoked.
(b) Upon surrender or revocation, the approval certificate shall be

returned to the competent authority.
M.A.716 Findings
(a) A level 1 finding is any significant non-compliance with Part-M
(b) A level 2 finding is any non-compliance with the Part-M


M.B.705, the holder of the continuing airworthiness management
organisation approval shall define a corrective action plan and
demonstrate corrective action to the satisfaction of the competent
authority within a period agreed with this authority.
SUBPART H
CERTIFICATE OF RELEASE TO SERVICE — CRS

(a) Except for aircraft released to service by a maintenance organi
sation approved in accordance with Annex II (Part-145), the
certificate of release to service shall be issued according to this
Subpart;
(b) No aircraft can be released to service unless a certificate of release

to service is issued at the completion of any maintenance, when
satisfied that all maintenance required has been properly carried
out, by:
1. appropriate certifying staff on behalf of the maintenance organi

sation approved in accordance with Section A, Subpart F of this
Annex (Part M); or
2. certifying staff in compliance with the requirements laid down

in Annex III (Part-66), except for complex maintenance tasks
listed in Appendix VII to this Annex for which point 1 applies;
or
3. by the Pilot-owner in compliance with point M.A.803;
▼M2
(c) By derogation from point M.A.801(b)2 for ELA1 aircraft not used
in CAT or not used in commercial specialised operations or not
used in commercial ATO operations, aircraft complex maintenance
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 49
▼M2
tasks listed in Appendix VII may be released by certifying staff
referred to in point M.A.801(b)2;
(d) By derogation from point M.A.801(b), in the case of unforeseen

situations, when an aircraft is grounded at a location where no
approved maintenance organisation appropriately approved under
this Annex or Annex II (Part-145) and no appropriate certifying
staff are available, the owner may authorise any person, with no
less than 3 years of appropriate maintenance experience and
holding the proper qualifications, to maintain according to the
standards set out in Subpart D of this Annex and release the
aircraft. The owner shall in that case:
1. obtain and keep in the aircraft records details of all the work
carried out and of the qualifications held by that person issuing
the certification; and
2. ensure that any such maintenance is rechecked and released by

an appropriately authorised person referred to in point
M.A.801(b) or an organisation approved in accordance with
Section A, Subpart F of this Annex (Part-M), or with Annex
II (Part-145) at the earliest opportunity but within a period not
exceeding 7 days; and
3. notify the organisation responsible for the continuing

airworthiness management of the aircraft when contracted in
accordance with point M.A.201 (i), or the competent authority
in the absence of such a contract, within 7 days of the issuance
of such certification authorisation;
▼B
(e) In the case of a release to service in accordance with point
M.A.801(b)2 or point M.A.801(c), the certifying staff may be
assisted in the execution of the maintenance tasks by one or
more persons subject to his/her direct and continuous control;
(f) A certificate of release to service shall contain as a minimum:
1. basic details of the maintenance carried out; and
2. the date such maintenance was completed; and
3. the identity of the organisation and/or person issuing the release

to service, including:
(i) the approval reference of the maintenance organisation

approved in accordance with Section A, Subpart F of this
Annex (Part-M) and the certifying staff issuing such a
certificate; or
(ii) in the case of point M.A.801(b)2 or M.A.801(c) certificate

of release to service, the identity and if applicable licence
number of the certifying staff issuing such a certificate;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 50
▼B
4. the limitations to airworthiness or operations, if any.
(g) By derogation from point (b) and notwithstanding the provisions of

point (h), when the maintenance prescribed cannot be completed, a
certificate of release to service may be issued within the approved
aircraft limitations. Such fact together with any applicable limi
tations of the airworthiness or the operations shall be entered in
the aircraft certificate of release to service before its issue as part
of the information required in point (f)4;
(h) A certificate of release to service shall not be issued in the case of

any known non-compliance which endangers flight safety.

(a) A certificate of release to service shall be issued at the completion
of any maintenance carried out on an aircraft component in
accordance with point M.A.502.
(b) The authorised release certificate identified as EASA Form 1

constitutes the component certificate of release to service, except
when such maintenance on aircraft components has been
performed in accordance with point M.A.502(b), point M.A.502(d)
or point M.A.502(e) in which case the maintenance is subject to
aircraft release procedures in accordance with point M.A.801.
M.A.803 Pilot-owner authorisation

(a) To qualify as a Pilot-owner, the person must:
1. hold a valid pilot licence (or equivalent) issued or validated by

a Member State for the aircraft type or class rating; and
2. own the aircraft, either as sole or joint owner; that owner must
be:
(i) one of the natural persons on the registration form; or
(ii) a member of a non-profit recreational legal entity, where

the legal entity is specified on the registration document as
owner or operator, and that member is directly involved in
the decision making process of the legal entity and
designated by that legal entity to carry out Pilot-owner
maintenance.
▼M2
(b) For any non-complex motor-powered aircraft of 2 730 kg MTOM
and below, sailplane, powered sailplane or balloon, that are not
used in CAT, or not used in commercial specialised operations or
not used in commercial ATO operations, the pilot-owner may issue
a certificate of release to service after limited pilot-owner main
tenance as specified in Appendix VIII.
▼B
(c) The scope of the limited Pilot-owner maintenance shall be
specified in the aircraft maintenance programme referred to in
point M.A.302.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 51
▼B
(d) The certificate of release to service shall be entered in the logbooks
and contain basic details of the maintenance carried out, the main
tenance data used, the date on which that maintenance was
completed and the identity, the signature and pilot licence
number of the Pilot-owner issuing such a certificate.
SUBPART I
AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW CERTIFICATE
M.A.901 Aircraft airworthiness review

To ensure the validity of the aircraft airworthiness certificate an
airworthiness review of the aircraft and its continuing airworthiness
records shall be carried out periodically.
▼M1
(a) An airworthiness review certificate is issued in accordance with
Appendix III (EASA Form 15a, 15b or 15c) on completion of a
satisfactory airworthiness review. The airworthiness review
certificate is valid one year;
▼B
(b) An aircraft in a controlled environment is an aircraft (i)
continuously managed during the previous 12 months by a
unique continuing airworthiness management organisation
approved in accordance with Section A, Subpart G, of this
Annex (Part-M), and (ii) which has been maintained for the
previous 12 months by maintenance organisations approved in
accordance with Section A, Subpart F of this Annex (Part-M), or
with Annex II (Part-145). This includes maintenance tasks referred
to in point M.A.803(b) carried out and released to service in
accordance with point M.A.801(b)2 or point M.A.801(b)3;
▼M2
(c) For all aircraft used by licenced air carriers in accordance with
MTOM, except balloons, that are in a controlled environment,
the organisation referred to in (b) managing the continuing
airworthiness of the aircraft may, if appropriately approved, and
subject to compliance with point (k):
1. issue an airworthiness review certificate in accordance with

point M.A.710, and;
2. for the airworthiness review certificates it has issued, when the

aircraft has remained within a controlled environment, extend
twice the validity of the airworthiness review certificate for a
period of 1 year each time;
(d) For all aircraft used by licenced air carriers in accordance with
Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 and aircraft above 2 730 kg
MTOM, except balloons, that
(i) are not in a controlled environment, or
(ii) which continuing airworthiness is managed by a continuing

airworthiness management organisation that does not hold
the privilege to carry out airworthiness reviews,
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 52
▼M2
the airworthiness review certificate shall be issued by the
competent authority upon satisfactory assessment based on a
recommendation made by a continuing airworthiness management
organisation appropriately approved in accordance with Section A,
Subpart G of this Annex (Part M) sent together with the appli
cation from the owner or operator. This recommendation shall be
based on an airworthiness review carried out in accordance with
point M.A.710;
(e) For aircraft not used by licenced air carriers in accordance with
and balloons, any continuing airworthiness management organi
sation approved in accordance with Section A, Subpart G of this
Annex (Part M) and appointed by the owner or operator may, if
appropriately approved and subject to point (k):
1. issue the airworthiness review certificate in accordance with

point M.A.710, and;
2. for airworthiness review certificates it has issued, when the

aircraft has remained within a controlled environment under
its management, extend twice the validity of the airworthiness
review certificate for a period of 1 year each time;
▼B
(f) By derogation from points M.A.901(c)2 and M.A.901(e)2, for
aircraft that are in a controlled environment, the organisation
referred to in (b) managing the continuing airworthiness of the
aircraft, subject to compliance with point (k), may extend twice
for a period of one year each time the validity of an airworthiness
review certificate that has been issued by the competent authority
or by another continuing airworthiness management organisation
approved in accordance with Section A, Subpart G of this Annex
(Part-M);
▼M2
(g) By derogation from points M.A.901(e) and M.A.901(i)2, for ELA1
aircraft not used in CAT or not used in commercial specialised
operations or not used in commercial ATO operations, the
airworthiness review certificate may also be issued by the
competent authority upon satisfactory assessment, based on a
recommendation made by certifying staff formally approved by
the competent authority and complying with provisions of Annex
III (Part-66) as well as requirements laid down in point
M.A.707(a)2(a), sent together with the application from the
owner or operator. This recommendation shall be based on an
airworthiness review carried out in accordance with point
M.A.710 and shall not be issued for more than two consecutive
years;
▼B
(h) Whenever circumstances reveal the existence of a potential safety
threat, the competent authority shall carry out the airworthiness
review and issue the airworthiness review certificate itself;
(i) In addition to point (h), the competent authority may also carry out
the airworthiness review and issue the airworthiness review
certificate itself in the following cases:
1. when the aircraft is managed by a continuing airworthiness

management organisation approved in accordance with Section
A, Subpart G of this Annex (Part-M) located in a third country;
2. for all balloons and any other aircraft of 2 730 kg MTOM and
below, if it is requested by the owner;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 53
▼B
(j) When the competent authority carries out the airworthiness review
and/or issues the airworthiness review certificate itself, the owner
or operator shall provide the competent authority with:
1. the documentation required by the competent authority; and
2. suitable accommodation at the appropriate location for its

personnel; and
3. when necessary, the support of personnel appropriately qualified

in accordance with Annex III (Part-66) or equivalent personnel
requirements laid down in point 145.A.30(j)(1) and (2) of
Annex II (Part-145);
(k) An airworthiness review certificate cannot be issued nor extended

if there is evidence or reason to believe that the aircraft is not
airworthy;
▼M1
(l) For ELA1 aircraft not involved in commercial operations, the Part
145 or M.A. Subpart F maintenance organisation performing the
annual inspection contained in the maintenance programme may, if
appropriately approved, perform the airworthiness review and issue
the corresponding airworthiness review certificate, subject to the
following conditions:
1. The organisation nominates airworthiness review staff

complying with all the following requirements:
(a) The airworthiness review staff hold a certifying staff auth

orisation for the corresponding aircraft.
(b) The airworthiness review staff have at least three years of

experience as certifying staff.
(c) The airworthiness review staff are independent from the

continuing airworthiness management process of the
aircraft being reviewed or have overall authority on the
continuing airworthiness management process of the
complete aircraft being reviewed.
(d) The airworthiness review staff have acquired knowledge of

the parts of this Annex (Part M) relevant to continuing
airworthiness management.
(e) The airworthiness review staff have acquired proven

knowledge of the procedures of the maintenance organi
sation relevant to the airworthiness review and issue of
the airworthiness review certificate.
(f) The airworthiness review staff have been formally accepted

by the competent authority after having performed an
airworthiness review under the supervision of the
competent authority or under the supervision of the organi
sation's airworthiness review staff in accordance with a
procedure approved by the competent authority.
(g) the airworthiness review staff have performed at least one

airworthiness review in the last twelve-month period.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 54
▼M1
2. The airworthiness review is performed at the same time as the
annual inspection contained in the maintenance programme and
by the same person who releases such annual inspection, being
possible to use the 90 days anticipation provision contained in
M.A.710(d).
3. The airworthiness review includes a full documented review in

accordance with point M.A.710(a).
4. The airworthiness review includes a physical survey of the

aircraft in accordance with points M.A.710(b) and (c).
5. An airworthiness review certificate EASA Form 15c is issued,

on behalf of the maintenance organisation, by the person who
performed the airworthiness review when satisfied that:
(a) the airworthiness review has been completely and satisfac

torily carried out; and
(b) the maintenance programme has been reviewed in

accordance with point M.A.710(ga); and
(c) there is no non-compliance which is known to endanger

flight safety.
6. A copy of the airworthiness review certificate issued is sent to

the competent authority of the Member State of Registry of the
aircraft within 10 days of the date of issue.
7. The competent authority of the Member State of Registry is

informed within 72 hours if the organisation has determined
that the airworthiness review is inconclusive or if the review
under point M.A.901(l)5(b) shows discrepancies on the aircraft
linked to deficiencies in the content of the maintenance
programme.
8. The manual or exposition of the maintenance organisation

describes all the following:
(a) The procedures for the performance of airworthiness

reviews and the issue of the corresponding airworthiness
review certificate.
(b) The names of the certifying staff authorised to perform

airworthiness reviews and issue the corresponding
airworthiness review certificate.
(c) The procedures for the review of the maintenance

programme.
▼B
M.A.902 Validity of the airworthiness review certificate
(a) An airworthiness review certificate becomes invalid if:
1. suspended or revoked; or
2. the airworthiness certificate is suspended or revoked; or
3. the aircraft is not on the aircraft register of a Member State; or
4. the type certificate under which the airworthiness certificate was

issued is suspended or revoked.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 55
▼B
(b) An aircraft must not fly if the airworthiness certificate is invalid or
if:
1. the continuing airworthiness of the aircraft or any component

fitted to the aircraft does not meet the requirements of this Part;
or
2. the aircraft does not remain in conformity with the type design
approved by the Agency; or
3. the aircraft has been operated beyond the limitations of the

approved flight manual or the airworthiness certificate,
without appropriate action being taken; or
4. the aircraft has been involved in an accident or incident that

affects the airworthiness of the aircraft, without subsequent
appropriate action to restore airworthiness; or
5. a modification or repair is not in compliance with Annex I

(Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012.
(c) Upon surrender or revocation, the airworthiness review certificate

shall be returned to the competent authority
M.A.903 Transfer of aircraft registration within the EU

(a) When transferring an aircraft registration within the EU, the
applicant shall:
1. inform the former Member State in which Member State it will

be registered, then;
2. apply to the new Member State for the issuance of a new

airworthiness certificate in accordance with Annex I (Part-21)
to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012.
(b) Notwithstanding point M.A.902(a)(3), the former airworthiness

review certificate shall remain valid until its expiry date.
M.A.904 Airworthiness review of aircraft imported into the EU

(a) When importing an aircraft onto a Member State register from a
third country, the applicant shall:
1. apply to the Member State of registry for the issuance of a new

airworthiness certificate in accordance with Annex I (Part-21) to
Regulation (EU) No 748/2012; and
2. for aircraft other than new, have a airworthiness review carried

out satisfactorily in accordance with point M.A.901; and
3. have all maintenance carried out to comply with the approved

maintenance programme in accordance with point M.A.302.
▼M1
(b) When satisfied that the aircraft is in compliance with the relevant
requirements, the continuing airworthiness management organi
sation or maintenance organisation, if applicable, shall send a
documented recommendation for the issuance of an airworthiness
review certificate to the Member State of registry.
▼B
(c) The owner shall allow access to the aircraft for inspection by the
Member State of registry.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 56
▼B
(d) A new airworthiness certificate will be issued by the Member State
of registry when it is satisfied the aircraft complies with the
prescriptions of Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No
748/2012.
(e) The Member State shall also issue the airworthiness review
certificate valid normally for one year unless the Member State
has safety reason to limit the validity.
M.A.905 Findings
(a) A level 1 finding is any significant non-compliance with
requirements laid down in this Annex (Part-M) which lowers the
safety standard and hazards seriously the flight safety.
(b) A level 2 finding is any non-compliance with requirements laid

down in this Annex (Part-M) which could lower the safety
standard and possibly hazard the flight safety.

M.B.903, the person or organisation accountable referred to in
point M.A.201 shall define a corrective action plan and demon
strate corrective action to the satisfaction of the competent
authority within a period agreed with this authority including
appropriate corrective action to prevent reoccurrence of the
finding and its root cause.
SECTION B
PROCEDURE FOR COMPETENT AUTHORITIES
SUBPART A
GENERAL
M.B.101 Scope
This Section establishes the administrative requirements to be followed
by the competent authorities in charge of the application and the
enforcement of Section A of this Part.
M.B.102 Competent authority

(a) General
A Member State shall designate a competent authority with allocated
responsibilities for the issuance, continuation, change, suspension or
revocation of certificates and for the oversight of continuing
airworthiness. This competent authority shall establish documented
procedures and an organisational structure.
(b) Resources
The number of staff shall be appropriate to carry out the requirements
as detailed in this Section.
(c) Qualification and training

All staff involved in activities dealt with in this Annex shall be appro
priately qualified and have appropriate knowledge, experience, initial
training and continuation training to perform their allocated tasks.
(d) Procedures
The competent authority shall establish procedures detailing how
compliance with this Annex (Part-M) is accomplished.
The procedures shall be reviewed and amended to ensure continued

compliance.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 57
▼B
M.B.104 Record-keeping
(a) The competent authorities shall establish a system of record-
keeping that allows adequate traceability of the process to issue,
continue, change, suspend or revoke each certificate.
(b) The records for the oversight of organisations approved in

accordance with this Annex shall include as a minimum:
1. the application for an organisation approval.
2. the organisation approval certificate including any changes.
3. a copy of the audit program listing the dates when audits are
due and when audits were carried out.
4. the competent authority continued oversight records including

all audit records.
5. copies of all relevant correspondence.
6. details of any exemption and enforcement actions.
7. any report from other competent authorities relating to the

oversight of the organisation.
8. organisation exposition or manual and amendments.
9. copy of any other document directly approved by the competent

authority.
(c) The retention period for the point (b) records shall be at least four
years.
(d) The minimum records for the oversight of each aircraft shall
include, at least, a copy of:
1. aircraft certificate of airworthiness,
2. airworthiness review certificates,
3. Section A Subpart G organisation recommendations,
4. reports from the airworthiness reviews carried out directly by

the Member State,
5. all relevant correspondence relating to the aircraft,
6. details of any exemption and enforcement action(s),
7. any document approved by the competent authority pursuant to

Annex I (Part-M) or Annex II (Part-ARO) of Regulation ( EU)
No 965/2012.
(e) The records specified in point (d) shall be retained until two years
after the aircraft has been permanently withdrawn from service.
(f) All records specified in point M.B.104 shall be made available

upon request by another Member State or the Agency.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 58
▼B
M.B.105 Mutual exchange of information
▼M2
(a) In order to contribute to the improvement of air safety, the
competent authorities shall participate in a mutual exchange of
all necessary information in accordance with Article 15 of Regu
lation (EC) No 216/2008.
▼B
(b) Without prejudice to the competencies of the Member States, in the
case of a potential safety threat involving several Member States,
the concerned competent authorities shall assist each other in
carrying out the necessary oversight action.
SUBPART B
ACCOUNTABILITY
M.B.201 Responsibilities
The competent authorities as specified in M.1 are responsible for
conducting inspections and investigations in order to verify that the
requirements of this Part are complied with.
SUBPART C
▼M1
M.B.301 Maintenance programme
(a) Except for those cases where the owner has issued a declaration for
the maintenance programme in accordance with point M.A.302(h),
the competent authority shall verify that the maintenance
programme is in compliance with point M.A.302.
(b) Except where stated otherwise in points M.A.302(c) and

M.A.302(h) the maintenance programme and its amendments
shall be approved directly by the competent authority.
(c) In the case of indirect approval, the maintenance programme

procedure shall be approved by the competent authority through
the continuing airworthiness management exposition.
(d) In order to approve a maintenance programme according to point

(b) of this point, the competent authority shall have access to all
the data required in points M.A.302(d), (e), (f) and (h).
▼B
M.B.302 Exemptions
All exemptions granted in accordance with Article 14(4) of Regulation
(EC) No 216/2008 shall be recorded and retained by the competent
authority.
▼M2
M.B.303 Aircraft continuing airworthiness monitoring
(a) The competent authority shall develop a survey programme on a

risk-based approach to monitor the airworthiness status of the fleet
of aircraft on its register.
(b) The survey programme shall include sample product surveys of

aircraft and shall cover all aspects of airworthiness key risk
elements.
(c) The product survey shall sample the airworthiness standards

achieved, on the basis of the applicable requirements, and
identify any findings.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 59
▼M2
(d) Any findings identified shall be categorised against the
requirements of this Part and confirmed in writing to the person
or organisation accountable according to M.A.201. The competent
authority shall have a process in place to analyse findings for their
safety significance.
(e) The competent authority shall record all findings and closure
actions.
(f) If during aircraft surveys evidence is found showing non-

compliance with this Part or with any other Part, the finding
shall be dealt with as prescribed by the relevant Part.
(g) If so required to ensure appropriate enforcement action, the

competent authority shall exchange information on non-
compliances identified in accordance with point (f) with other
competent authorities.
M.B.304 Revocation and suspension
The competent authority shall:
(a) suspend an airworthiness review certificate on reasonable grounds

in the case of potential safety threat, or;
(b) suspend or revoke an airworthiness review certificate pursuant to

M.B.903(1).
▼B
SUBPART D
MAINTENANCE STANDARDS
(to be developed as appropriate)
SUBPART E
COMPONENTS
SUBPART F
M.B.601 Application
Where maintenance facilities are located in more than one Member
State the investigation and continued oversight of the approval shall
be carried out in conjunction with the competent authorities designated
by the Member States in whose territory the other maintenance
facilities are located.
M.B.602 Initial Approval

(a) Provided the requirements of points M.A.606(a) and (b) are
complied with, the competent authority shall formally indicate its
acceptance of the M.A.606(a) and (b) personnel to the applicant in
writing.
(b) The competent authority shall establish that the procedures

specified in the maintenance organisation manual comply with
Subpart F of Section A of this Annex (Part-M) and ensure the
accountable manager signs the commitment statement.
(c) The competent authority shall verify that the organisation is in

compliance with the requirements laid down in Subpart F of
Section A of this Annex (Part-M).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 60
▼B
(d) A meeting with the accountable manager shall be convened at least
once during the investigation for approval to ensure that he/she
fully understands the significance of the approval and the reason
for signing the commitment of the organisation to compliance with
the procedures specified in the manual.
(e) All findings shall be confirmed in writing to the applicant organi

sation.
(f) The competent authority shall record all findings, closure actions
(actions required to close a finding) and recommendations.
(g) For initial approval all findings shall be corrected by the organi
sation and closed by the competent authority before the approval
can be issued.

(a) The competent authority shall issue to the applicant an EASA Form
3 approval certificate (Appendix V) which includes the extent of
approval, when the maintenance organisation is in compliance with
the applicable points of this Part.
(b) The competent authority shall indicate the conditions attached to

the approval on the EASA Form 3 approval certificate.
(c) The reference number shall be included on the EASA Form 3

approval certificate in a manner specified by the Agency.

(a) The competent authority shall keep and update a program listing,
for each maintenance organisation approved in accordance with
Subpart F of Section B of this Annex (Part-M) under its super
vision, the dates when audit visits are due and when such visits
were carried out.
(b) Each organisation shall be completely audited at periods not

exceeding 24 months.
(c) All findings shall be confirmed in writing to the applicant organi

sation.
(d) The competent authority shall record all findings, closure actions
(e) A meeting with the accountable manager shall be convened at least

once every 24 months to ensure he/she remains informed of
significant issues arising during audits.
M.B.605 Findings
(a) When during audits or by other means evidence is found showing
non-compliance to a requirement laid down in this Annex (Part-M),
the competent authority shall take the following actions:
1. For level 1 findings, immediate action shall be taken by the

competent authority to revoke, limit or suspend in whole or in
part, depending upon the extent of the level 1 finding, the main
tenance organisation approval, until successful corrective action
has been taken by the organisation.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 61
▼B
2. For level 2 findings, the competent authority shall grant a
corrective action period appropriate to the nature of the
finding that shall not be more than three months. In certain
circumstances, at the end of this first period and subject to
the nature of the finding, the competent authority can extend
the three month period subject to a satisfactory corrective action
plan.
(b) Action shall be taken by the competent authority to suspend in

whole or part the approval in case of failure to comply within
the timescale granted by the competent authority.
M.B.606 Changes
(a) The competent authority shall comply with the applicable elements
of the initial approval for any change to the organisation notified in
(b) The competent authority may prescribe the conditions under which
the approved maintenance organisation may operate during such
changes, unless it determines that the approval should be
suspended due to the nature or the extent of the changes.
(c) For any change to the maintenance organisation manual:
1. In the case of direct approval of changes in accordance with

point M.A.604(b), the competent authority shall verify that the
procedures specified in the manual are in compliance with this
Annex (Part-M) before formally notifying the approved organi
sation of the approval.
2. In the case an indirect approval procedure is used for the

approval of the changes in accordance with point M.A.604(c),
the competent authority shall ensure (i) that the changes remain
minor and (ii) that it has an adequate control over the approval
of the changes to ensure they remain in compliance with the
requirements of this Annex (Part-M).
(a) suspend an approval on reasonable grounds in the case of potential

safety threat, or;
(b) suspend, revoke or limit an approval pursuant to point M.B.605.
SUBPART G
CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS MANAGEMENT ORGANISATION
M.B.701 Application
▼M2
(a) For licenced air carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC) No
1008/2008 the competent authority shall receive for approval with
the initial application for the air operator's certificate and where
applicable any variation applied for and for each aircraft type to be
operated:
1. the continuing airworthiness management exposition;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 62
▼M2
2. the operator's aircraft maintenance programmes;
3. the aircraft technical log;
4. where appropriate the technical specification of the maintenance

contracts between the CAMO and Part-145 approved main
tenance organisation.
▼B
(b) Where facilities are located in more than one Member State the
investigation and continued oversight of the approval shall be
carried out in conjunction with the competent authorities
designated by the Member States in whose territory the other
facilities are located.
M.B.702 Initial approval

(a) Provided the requirements of points M.A.706(a), (c), (d) and
M.A.707 are complied with, the competent authority shall
formally indicate its acceptance of the M.A.706(a), (c), (d) and
M.A.707 personnel to the applicant in writing.
(b) The competent authority shall establish that the procedures

specified in the continuing airworthiness management exposition
comply with Section A, Subpart G of this Annex (Part-M) and
ensure the accountable manager signs the commitment statement.
(c) The competent authority shall verify the organisation's compliance

with requirements laid down in Section A, Subpart G of this
Annex (Part-M).
(d) A meeting with the accountable manager shall be convened at least

for signing the exposition commitment of the organisation to
compliance with the procedures specified in the continuing
airworthiness management exposition.
(e) All findings shall be confirmed in writing to the applicant organi

sation.
(f) The competent authority shall record all findings, closure actions
(g) For initial approval all findings shall be corrected by the organi
sation and closed by the competent authority before the approval
can be issued.

(a) The competent authority shall issue to the applicant an EASA
Form 14 approval certificate (Appendix VI) which includes the
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 63
▼B
extent of approval, when the continuing airworthiness management
organisation is in compliance with Section A, Subpart G of this
Annex (Part-M).
(b) The competent authority shall indicate the validity of the approval
on the EASA Form 14 approval certificate.
(c) The reference number shall be included on the Form 14 approval

certificate in a manner specified by the Agency.
▼M2
(d) In the case of licenced air carriers in accordance with Regulation
(EC) No 1008/2008, the information contained on an EASA Form
14 will be included on the air operator's certificate.
▼B
(a) The competent authority shall keep and update a program listing,
for each continuing airworthiness organisation approved under
Section A, Subpart G of this Annex (Part-M) under its supervision,
the dates when audit visits are due and when such visits were
carried out.
(b) Each organisation shall be completely audited at periods not

exceeding 24 months.
(c) A relevant sample of the aircraft managed by the organisation

approved under Section B, Subpart G of this Annex (Part-M)
shall be surveyed in every 24 month period. The size of the
sample will be decided by the competent authority based on the
result of prior audits and earlier product surveys.
(d) All findings shall be confirmed in writing to the applicant organi

sation.
(e) The competent authority shall record all findings, closure actions
(f) A meeting with the accountable manager shall be convened at least

M.B.705 Findings
non-compliance to a requirement laid down in this Annex (Part-M),

competent authority to revoke, limit or suspend in whole or
in part, depending upon the extent of the level 1 finding, the
continuing airworthiness management organisation approval,
until successful corrective action has been taken by the organi
sation.
2. For level 2 findings, the competent authority shall grant a

corrective action period appropriate to the nature of the
finding that shall not be more than three months. In certain
circumstances, at the end of this first period, and subject to
the nature of the finding the competent authority can extend
the three month period subject to a satisfactory corrective
action plan.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 64
▼B
whole or part the approval in case of failure to comply within
the timescale granted by the competent authority.
M.B.706 Changes
(a) The competent authority shall comply with the applicable elements
of the initial approval for any change to the organisation notified in
(b) The competent authority may prescribe the conditions under which
the approved continuing airworthiness management organisation
may operate during such changes unless it determines that the
approval should be suspended due to the nature or the extent of
the changes.
(c) For any change to the continuing airworthiness management

exposition:
1. In the case of direct approval of changes in accordance with

point M.A.704(b), the competent authority shall verify that the
procedures specified in the exposition are in compliance with
this Annex (Part-M) before formally notifying the approved
organisation of the approval.
2. In the case an indirect approval procedure is used for the

approval of the changes in accordance with point M.A.704(c),
the competent authority shall ensure (i) that the changes remain
minor and (ii) that it has an adequate control over the approval
of the changes to ensure they remain in compliance with the
requirements of this Annex (Part-M).
(a) suspend an approval on reasonable grounds in the case of potential

safety threat, or;
(b) suspend, revoke or limit an approval pursuant to point M.B.705.
SUBPART H
CERTIFICATE OF RELEASE TO SERVICE — CRS
SUBPART I
AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW CERTIFICATE
M.B.901 Assessment of recommendations

Upon receipt of an application and associated airworthiness review
certificate recommendation in accordance with point M.A.901:
1. Appropriate qualified personnel from the competent authority shall

verify that the compliance statement contained in the recommen
dation demonstrates that a complete M.A.710 airworthiness review
has been carried out.
2. The competent authority shall investigate and may request further

information to support the assessment of the recommendation.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 65
▼B
M.B.902 Airworthiness review by the competent authority
(a) When the competent authority carries out the airworthiness review
and issues the airworthiness review certificate EASA Form 15a
(Appendix III), the competent authority shall carry out an
airworthiness review in accordance with point M.A.710.
▼M2
(b) The competent authority shall have appropriate airworthiness
review staff to carry out the airworthiness reviews.
1. For all aircraft used by licenced air carriers in accordance with

MTOM, except balloons, these staff shall have acquired:
(b) an appropriate licence in compliance with Annex III (Part-

66) or a nationally recognised maintenance personnel
qualification appropriate to the aircraft category (when
Article 5(6) refers to national rules) or an aeronautical
degree or equivalent, and;
(c) formal aeronautical maintenance training, and;
(d) a position with appropriate responsibilities.
Notwithstanding points (a) to (d), the requirement laid down in

point M.B.902(b)1b may be replaced by 5 years of experience
in continuing airworthiness additional to those already required
by point M.B.902(b)1a.
2. For aircraft not used by licenced air carriers in accordance with

and balloons, these staff shall have acquired:
(b) an appropriate licence in compliance with Annex III (Part-

66) or a nationally recognised maintenance personnel
qualification appropriate to the aircraft category (when
Article 5(6) refers to national rules) or an aeronautical
degree or equivalent, and;
(c) appropriate aeronautical maintenance training, and;
(d) a position with appropriate responsibilities.
Notwithstanding points (a) to (d), the requirement shown in

point M.B.902(b)2b may be replaced by 4 years of experience
in continuing airworthiness additional to those already required
by point M.B.902(b)2a.
▼B
(c) The competent authority shall maintain a record of all
airworthiness review staff, which shall include details of any
appropriate qualification held together with a summary of
relevant continuing airworthiness management experience and
training.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 66
▼B
(d) The competent authority shall have access to the applicable data as
specified in points M.A.305, M.A.306 and M.A.401 in the
performance of the airworthiness review.
(e) The staff that carries out the airworthiness review shall issue a
Form 15a after satisfactory completion of the airworthiness review.
M.B.903 Findings
If during aircraft surveys or by other means evidence is found showing
non-compliance to a Part-M requirement, the competent authority shall
take the following actions:
1. for level 1 findings, the competent authority shall require appro

priate corrective action to be taken before further flight and
immediate action shall be taken by the competent authority to
revoke or suspend the airworthiness review certificate.
2. for level 2 findings, the corrective action required by the competent

authority shall be appropriate to the nature of the finding.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 67
▼M2
Appendix I
Continuing airworthiness management contract
1. When an owner/operator contracts in accordance with M.A.201 a continuing

airworthiness organisation approved pursuant Part-M Subpart-G (CAMO) to
carry out continuing airworthiness management tasks, upon request by the
competent authority a copy of the contract shall be sent by the owner/op
erator to the competent authority of the Member State of registry once it has
been signed by both parties.
2. The contract shall be developed taking into account the requirements of Part
M and shall define the obligations of the signatories in relation to continuing
airworthiness of the aircraft.
3. It shall contain as a minimum the:
— aircraft registration,
— aircraft type,
— aircraft serial number,
— aircraft owner or registered lessee's name or company details including

the address,
— CAMO details including the address.
— type of operation
4. It shall state the following:
‘The owner/operator entrusts to the CAMO the management of the

continuing airworthiness of the aircraft, the development of a maintenance
programme that shall be approved by the competent authority as detailed in
M.1 and the organisation of the maintenance of the aircraft according to said
maintenance programme.
According to the present contract, both signatories undertake to follow the

respective obligations of this contract.
The owner/operator declares, to the best of its belief that all the information
given to the CAMO concerning the continuing airworthiness of the aircraft
is and will be accurate and that the aircraft will not be altered without prior
approval of the CAMO
In case of any non-conformity with this contract, by either of the signa

tories, it will become null. In such a case, the owner/operator will retain full
responsibility for every task linked to the continuing airworthiness of the
aircraft and the owner will undertake to inform the competent authorities of
the Member State of registry within two full weeks.’
5. When an owner/operator contracts a CAMO in accordance with M.A.201

the obligations of each party shall be shared as follows:
5.1. Obligations of the CAMO:

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 68
▼M2
1. have the aircraft type in the scope of its approval;
2. respect the conditions to maintain the continuing airworthiness of the

aircraft listed below:
(a) develop a maintenance programme for the aircraft, including any

reliability programme developed, if applicable;
(b) declare the maintenance tasks (in the maintenance programme) that
may be carried out by the pilot-owner in accordance with point
M.A.803(c);
(c) organise the approval of the aircraft's maintenance programme;
(d) once it has been approved, give a copy of the aircraft's maintenance
programme to the owner/operator;
(e) organise a bridging inspection with the aircraft's prior maintenance

programme;
(f) organise for all maintenance to be carried out by an approved main

tenance organisation;
(g) organise for all applicable airworthiness directives to be applied;
(h) organise for all defects discovered during scheduled maintenance,

airworthiness reviews or reported by the owner to be corrected by
an approved maintenance organisation coordinate scheduled main
tenance, the application of airworthiness directives, the replacement
of life limited parts, and component inspection requirements;
(i) inform the owner each time the aircraft shall be brought to an
approved maintenance organisation;
(j) manage all technical records;
(k) archive all technical records;
3. organise the approval of any modification to the aircraft in accordance

with Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012 before it is
embodied;
4. organise the approval of any repair to the aircraft in accordance with the
Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012 before it is carried
out;
5. inform the competent authority of the Member State of registry

whenever the aircraft is not presented to the approved maintenance
organisation by the owner as requested by the approved organisation;

whenever the present contract has not been respected;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 69
▼M2
7. ensure that the airworthiness review of the aircraft is carried out when
necessary and ensure that the airworthiness review certificate is issued
or a recommendation is sent to the competent authority of the Member
State of registry;
8. send within 10 days a copy of any airworthiness review certificate

issued or extended to the competent authority of the Member State of
registry;
9. carry out all occurrence reporting mandated by applicable regulations;

whenever the present contract is denounced by either party.
5.2. Obligations of the owner/operator:
1. have a general understanding of the approved maintenance programme;
2. have a general understanding of this Annex (Part-M);
3. present the aircraft to the approved maintenance organisation agreed

with the CAMO at the due time designated by the CAMO's request;
4. not modify the aircraft without first consulting the CAMO;
5. inform the CAMO of all maintenance exceptionally carried out without

the knowledge and control of the CAMO;
6. report to the CAMO through the logbook all defects found during
operations;

whenever the present contract is denounced by either party;
8. inform the CAMO and competent authority of the Member State of

registry whenever the aircraft is sold;
9. carry out all occurrence reporting mandated by applicable regulations;
10. inform on a regular basis the CAMO about the aircraft flying hours and
any other utilisation data, as agreed with the CAMO;
11. enter the certificate of release to service in the logbooks as mentioned in

point M.A.803(d) when performing pilot-owner maintenance without
exceeding the limits of the maintenance tasks list as declared in the
approved maintenance programme as laid down in point M.A.803(c);
12. inform the CAMO not later than 30 days after completion of any pilot-
owner maintenance task in accordance with point M.A.305(a).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 70
▼B
Appendix II
Authorised Release Certificate EASA Form 1
These instructions relate only to the use of the EASA Form 1 for maintenance
purposes. Attention is drawn to Appendix I to Annex I (Part-21) of Regulation
(EU) No 748/2012 which covers the use of the EASA Form 1 for production
purposes.
1. PURPOSE AND USE

1.1. The primary purpose of the Certificate is to declare the airworthiness of
maintenance work undertaken on products, parts and appliances (hereafter
referred to as ‘item(s)’).
1.2. Correlation must be established between the Certificate and the item(s). The
originator must retain a Certificate in a form that allows verification of the
original data.
1.3. The Certificate is acceptable to many airworthiness authorities, but may be

dependent on the existence of bilateral agreements and/or the policy of the
airworthiness authority. The ‘approved design data’ mentioned in this
Certificate then means approved by the airworthiness authority of the
importing country.
1.4. The Certificate is not a delivery or shipping note.
1.5. Aircraft are not to be released using the Certificate.
1.6. The Certificate does not constitute approval to install the item on a
particular aircraft, engine, or propeller but helps the end user determine
its airworthiness approval status.
1.7. A mixture of production released and maintenance released items is not

permitted on the same Certificate.
2. GENERAL FORMAT
2.1. The Certificate must comply with the format attached including block
numbers and the location of each block. The size of each block may
however be varied to suit the individual application, but not to the extent
that would make the Certificate unrecognisable.
2.2. The Certificate must be in ‘landscape’ format but the overall size may be
significantly increased or decreased so long as the Certificate remains recog
nisable and legible. If in doubt consult the Competent Authority.
2.3. The User/Installer responsibility statement can be placed on either side of

the form.
2.4. All printing must be clear and legible to permit easy reading.
2.5. The Certificate may either be pre-printed or computer generated but in either
case the printing of lines and characters must be clear and legible and in
accordance with the defined format.
2.6. The Certificate should be in English, and if appropriate, in one or more

other languages.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 71
▼B
2.7. The details to be entered on the Certificate may be either machine/computer
printed or hand-written using block letters and must permit easy reading.
2.8. Limit the use of abbreviations to a minimum, to aid clarity.
2.9. The space remaining on the reverse side of the Certificate may be used by
the originator for any additional information but must not include any
certification statement. Any use of the reverse side of the Certificate must
be referenced in the appropriate block on the front side of the Certificate
3. COPIES
3.1. There is no restriction in the number of copies of the Certificate sent to the
customer or retained by the originator.
4. ERROR(S) ON A CERTIFICATE
4.1. If an end-user finds an error(s) on a Certificate, he must identify it/them in
writing to the originator. The originator may issue a new Certificate only if
the error(s) can be verified and corrected.
4.2. The new Certificate must have a new tracking number, signature and date.
4.3. The request for a new Certificate may be honoured without re-verification of
the item(s) condition. The new Certificate is not a statement of current
condition and should refer to the previous Certificate in block 12 by the
following statement; ‘This Certificate corrects the error(s) in block(s) [enter
block(s) corrected] of the Certificate [enter original tracking number] dated
[enter original issuance date] and does not cover conformity/condition/
release to service’. Both Certificates should be retained according to the
retention period associated with the first.
5. COMPLETION OF THE CERTIFICATE BY THE ORIGINATOR

Block 1 Approving Competent Authority/Country
State the name and country of the competent authority under whose jurisdiction
this Certificate is issued. When the competent authority is the Agency, only
‘EASA’ must be stated.
Block 2 EASA Form 1 header

‘AUTHORISED RELEASE CERTIFICATE
EASA FORM 1’
Block 3 Form Tracking Number
Enter the unique number established by the numbering system/procedure of the
organisation identified in block 4; this may include alpha/numeric characters.
Block 4 Organisation Name and Address

Enter the full name and address of the approved organisation (refer to EASA
form 3) releasing the work covered by this Certificate. Logos, etc., are permitted
if the logo can be contained within the block.
Block 5 Work Order/Contract/Invoice

To facilitate customer traceability of the item(s), enter the work order number,
contract number, invoice number, or similar reference number.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 72
▼B
Block 6 Item
Enter line item numbers when there is more than one line item. This block
permits easy cross-referencing to the Remarks block 12.
Block 7 Description
Enter the name or description of the item. Preference should be given to the term
used in the instructions for continued airworthiness or maintenance data (e.g.
Illustrated Parts Catalogue, Aircraft Maintenance Manual, Service Bulletin,
Component Maintenance Manual).
Block 8 Part Number

Enter the part number as it appears on the item or tag/packaging. In case of an
engine or propeller the type designation may be used.
Block 9 Quantity
State the quantity of items.
Block 10 Serial Number

If the item is required by regulations to be identified with a serial number, enter
it here. Additionally, any other serial number not required by regulation may also
be entered. If there is no serial number identified on the item, enter ‘N/A’.
Block 11 Status/Work
The following describes the permissible entries for block 11. Enter only one of
these terms — where more than one may be applicable, use the one that most
accurately describes the majority of the work performed and/or the status of the
article.
(i) Overhauled . Means a process that ensures the item is in complete conformity with all the applicable
service tolerances specified in the type certificate holder's, or equipment manufacturer's
instructions for continued airworthiness, or in the data which is approved or accepted
by the Authority. The item will be at least disassembled, cleaned, inspected, repaired as
necessary, reassembled and tested in accordance with the above specified data.
(ii) Repaired . Rectification of defect(s) using an applicable standard (1).
(iii) Inspected/ . Examination, measurement, etc. in accordance with an applicable standard (1) (e.g.
Tested visual inspection, functional testing, bench testing etc.).
(iv) Modified . Alteration of an item to conform to an applicable standard (1).
(1) Applicable standard means a manufacturing/design/maintenance/quality standard, method, technique or practice approved by or
acceptable to the Competent Authority. The applicable standard shall be described in block 12.
Block 12 Remarks
Describe the work identified in Block 11, either directly or by reference to
supporting documentation, necessary for the user or installer to determine the
airworthiness of item(s) in relation to the work being certified. If necessary, a
separate sheet may be used and referenced from the main EASA Form 1. Each
statement must clearly identify which item(s) in Block 6 it relates to.
Examples of information to be entered in block 12 are:
(i) Maintenance data used, including the revision status and reference.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 73
▼B
(ii) Compliance with airworthiness directives or service bulletins.
(iii) Repairs carried out.
(iv) Modifications carried out.
(v) Replacement parts installed.
(vi) Life limited parts status.
(vii) Deviations from the customer work order.
(viii) Release statements to satisfy a foreign Civil Aviation Authority main

tenance requirement.
(ix) Information needed to support shipment with shortages or re-assembly after

delivery.
▼M1
(x) For maintenance organisations approved in accordance with Subpart F of
Annex I (Part-M), the component certificate of release to service statement
referred to in point M.A.613:
‘Certifies that, unless otherwise specified in this block, the work identified
in block 11 and described in this block was accomplished in accordance
with the requirements of Section A, Subpart F of Annex I (Part-M) to
Regulation (EU) No 1321/2014 and in respect to that work the item is
considered ready for release to service. THIS IS NOT A RELEASE
UNDER ANNEX II (PART-145) TO REGULATION (EU) No 1321/2014’
▼B
If printing the data from an electronic EASA Form 1, any appropriate data not fit
for other blocks should be entered in this block.
Block 13a-13e
General Requirements for blocks 13a-13e: Not used for maintenance release.
Shade, darken, or otherwise mark to preclude inadvertent or unauthorised use.
Block 14a
▼M1
Mark the appropriate box(es) indicating which regulations apply to the completed
work. If the box ‘other regulations specified in block 12’ is marked, then the
regulations of the other airworthiness authority(ies) must be identified in block
12. At least one box must be marked, or both boxes may be marked, as appro
priate.
For all maintenance carried out by maintenance organisations approved in

accordance with Section A, Subpart F of Annex I (Part M) to Regulation (EU)
No 1321/2014, the box ‘other regulation specified in block 12’ shall be ticked
and the certificate of release to service statement made in block 12. In that case,
the certification statement ‘unless otherwise specified in this block’ is intended to
address the following cases;
(a) Where the maintenance could not be completed.
(b) Where the maintenance deviated from the standard required by Annex I
(Part-M).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 74
▼M1
(c) Where the maintenance was carried out in accordance with a requirement
other than that specified in Annex I (Part-M). In this case block 12 shall
specify the particular national regulation.
For all maintenance carried out by maintenance organisations approved in

accordance with Section A of Annex II (Part-145) to Regulation (EU) No
1321/2014, the certification statement ‘unless otherwise specified in block 12’
is intended to address the following cases:
(a) Where the maintenance could not be completed.
(b) Where the maintenance deviated from the standard required by Annex II
(Part-145).
(c) Where the maintenance was carried out in accordance with a requirement
other than that specified in Annex II (Part-145). In this case block 12 shall
specify the particular national regulation.
▼B
Block 14b Authorised Signature
This space shall be completed with the signature of the authorised person. Only
persons specifically authorised under the rules and policies of the Competent
Authority are permitted to sign this block. To aid recognition, a unique
number identifying the authorised person may be added.
Block 14c Certificate/Approval Number

Enter the Certificate/Approval number/reference. This number or reference is
issued by the Competent Authority.
Block 14d Name

Enter the name of the person signing block 14b in a legible form.
Block 14e Date

Enter the date on which block 14b is signed, the date must be in the format dd =
2 digit day, mmm = first 3 letters of the month, yyyy = 4 digit year
User/Installer Responsibilities
Place the following statement on the Certificate to notify end users that they are
not relieved of their responsibilities concerning installation and use of any item
accompanied by the form:
‘THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AUTOMATICALLY CONSTITUTE

AUTHORITY TO INSTALL.
WHERE THE USER/INSTALLER PERFORMS WORK IN

ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS OF AN AIRWORTHINESS
AUTHORITY DIFFERENT THAN THE AIRWORTHINESS
AUTHORITY SPECIFIED IN BLOCK 1, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE
USER/INSTALLER ENSURES THAT HIS/HER AIRWORTHINESS
AUTHORITY ACCEPTS ITEMS FROM THE AIRWORTHINESS
AUTHORITY SPECIFIED IN BLOCK 1.
STATEMENTS IN BLOCKS 13A AND 14A DO NOT CONSTITUTE

INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION. IN ALL CASES AIRCRAFT MAIN
TENANCE RECORDS MUST CONTAIN AN INSTALLATION CERTIFI
CATION ISSUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL REGU
LATIONS BY THE USER/INSTALLER BEFORE THE AIRCRAFT
MAY BE FLOWN.’
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 75
▼B
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 76
▼B
Appendix III
Airworthiness Review Certificate — EASA Form 15
▼M1
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 77
▼M1
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 78
▼M1
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 79
▼B
Appendix IV
Class and Ratings System to be used for the Approval of Maintenance

Organisations referred to in Annex I (Part-M) Subpart F and Annex II
(Part-145)
1. Except as stated otherwise for the smallest organisations in point 12, the
table referred to in point 13 provides the standard system for the approval of
maintenance organisation under Subpart F of Annex I (Part-M) and Annex II
(Part-145). An organisation must be granted an approval ranging from a
single class and rating with limitations to all classes and ratings with limi
tations.
2. In addition to the table referred to in point 13, the approved maintenance

organisation is required to indicate its scope of work in its maintenance
organisation manual/exposition. See also point 11.
3. Within the approval class(es) and rating(s) granted by the competent auth
ority, the scope of work specified in the maintenance organisation exposition
defines the exact limits of approval. It is therefore essential that the approval
class(es) and rating(s) and the organisations scope of work are matching.
4. A category A class rating means that the approved maintenance organisation

may carry out maintenance on the aircraft and any component (including
engines and/or Auxiliary Power Units (APUs), in accordance with aircraft
maintenance data or, if agreed by the competent authority, in accordance
with component maintenance data, only whilst such components are fitted to
the aircraft. Nevertheless, such A-rated approved maintenance organisation
may temporarily remove a component for maintenance, in order to improve
access to that component, except when such removal generates the need for
additional maintenance not eligible for the provisions of this point. This will
be subject to a control procedure in the maintenance organisation exposition
to be approved by the competent authority. The limitation section will
specify the scope of such maintenance thereby indicating the extent of
approval.
5. A category B class rating means that the approved maintenance organisation

may carry out maintenance on the uninstalled engine and/or APU and engine
and/or APU components, in accordance with engine and/or APU main
tenance data or, if agreed by the competent authority, in accordance with
component maintenance data, only whilst such components are fitted to the
engine and/or APU. Nevertheless, such B-rated approved maintenance
organisation may temporarily remove a component for maintenance, in
order to improve access to that component, except when such removal
generates the need for additional maintenance not eligible for the provisions
of this point. The limitation section will specify the scope of such main
tenance thereby indicating the extent of approval. A maintenance organi
sation approved with a category B class rating may also carry out main
tenance on an installed engine during ‘base’ and ‘line’ maintenance subject
to a control procedure in the maintenance organisation exposition to be
approved by the competent authority. The maintenance organisation
exposition scope of work shall reflect such activity where permitted by the
6. A category C class rating means that the approved maintenance organisation

may carry out maintenance on uninstalled components (excluding engines
and APUs) intended for fitment to the aircraft or engine/APU. The limitation
section will specify the scope of such maintenance thereby indicating the
extent of approval. A maintenance organisation approved with a category C
class rating may also carry out maintenance on an installed component
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 80
▼B
during base and line maintenance or at an engine/APU maintenance facility
subject to a control procedure in the maintenance organisation exposition to
be approved by the competent authority. The maintenance organisation
exposition scope of work shall reflect such activity where permitted by the
7. A category D class rating is a self contained class rating not necessarily

related to a specific aircraft, engine or other component. The D1 — Non
Destructive Testing (NDT) rating is only necessary for an approved main
tenance organisation that carries out NDT as a particular task for another
organisation. A maintenance organisation approved with a class rating in A
or B or C category may carry out NDT on products it is maintaining subject
to the maintenance organisation exposition containing NDT procedures,
without the need for a D1 class rating.
8. In the case of maintenance organisations approved in accordance with Annex

II (Part-145), category A class ratings are subdivided into ‘Base’ or ‘Line’
maintenance. Such an organisation may be approved for either ‘Base’ or
‘Line’ maintenance or both. It should be noted that a ‘Line’ facility
located at a main base facility requires a ‘Line’ maintenance approval.
9. The limitation section is intended to give the competent authorities the

flexibility to customise the approval to any particular organisation. Ratings
shall be mentioned on the approval only when appropriately limited. The
table referred to in point 13 specifies the types of limitation possible. Whilst
maintenance is listed last in each class rating it is acceptable to stress the
maintenance task rather than the aircraft or engine type or manufacturer, if
this is more appropriate to the organisation (an example could be avionic
systems installations and related maintenance). Such mention in the limi
tation section indicates that the maintenance organisation is approved to
carry out maintenance up to and including this particular type/task.
10. When reference is made to series, type and group in the limitation section of
class A and B, series means a specific type series such as Airbus 300 or 310
or 319 or Boeing 737-300 series or RB211-524 series or Cessna 150 or
Cessna 172 or Beech 55 series or continental O-200 series etc; type
means a specific type or model such as Airbus 310-240 type or RB 211-
524 B4 type or Cessna 172RG type; any number of series or types may be
quoted; group means for example Cessna single piston engine aircraft or
Lycoming non-supercharged piston engines etc.
11. When a lengthy capability list is used which could be subject to frequent
amendment, then such amendment may be in accordance with the indirect
approval procedure referred to in points M.A.604(c) and M.B.606(c) or
145.A.70(c) and 145.B.40, as applicable.
12. A maintenance organisation which employs only one person to both plan and
carry out all maintenance can only hold a limited scope of approval rating.
The maximum permissible limits are:
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 81
▼B
CLASS RATING LIMITATION
CLASS AIRCRAFT RATING A2 AERO PISTON ENGINE 5 700 KG

PLANES 5 700 KG AND AND BELOW
BELOW
CLASS AIRCRAFT RATING A3 HELI SINGLE PISTON ENGINE

COPTERS 3 175 KG AND BELOW
CLASS AIRCRAFT RATING A4 AIRCRAFT NO LIMITATION

OTHER THAN A1, A2
AND A3
CLASS ENGINES RATING B2 PISTON LESS THAN 450 HP
CLASS COMPONENTS C1 TO C22 AS PER CAPABILITY LIST

RATING OTHER THAN
COMPLETE ENGINES
OR APU'S.
CLASS SPECIALISED D1 NDT NDT METHOD(S) TO BE

SPECIFIED.
It should be noted that such an organisation may be further limited by the

competent authority in the scope of approval dependent upon the capability
of the particular organisation.
13. Table
CLASS RATING LIMITATION BASE LINE
▼M1
AIRCRAFT A1 Aeroplanes above [Rating reserved to Maintenance [YES/NO] (*) [YES/NO] (*)
5 700 kg Organisations approved in accordance
with Annex II (Part 145)]
[Shall state aeroplane manufacturer or

group or series or type and/or the
maintenance tasks]
Example: Airbus A320 Series
A2 Aeroplanes 5 700 [Shall state aeroplane manufacturer or [YES/NO] (*) [YES/NO] (*)
kg and below group or series or type and/or the
maintenance tasks]
Example: DHC-6 Twin Otter Series
State whether the issue of recommen

dations and airworthiness review
certificates is authorised or not (only
possible for ELA1 aircraft not
involved in commercial operations)
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 82
▼M1
A3 Helicopters [Shall state helicopter manufacturer or [YES/NO] (*) [YES/NO] (*)

group or series or type and/or the
maintenance task(s)]
Example: Robinson R44
A4 Aircraft other [Shall state aircraft category (sail [YES/NO] (*) [YES/NO] (*)
than A1, A2 and plane, balloon, airship, etc.), manu
A3 facturer or group or series or type
and/or the maintenance task(s).]
State whether the issue of recommen

dations and airworthiness review
certificates is authorised or not (only
possible for ELA1 aircraft not
involved in commercial operations)
▼B
ENGINES B1 Turbine [Shall state engine series or type and/or the maintenance task(s)]
Example: PT6A Series
B2 Piston [Shall state engine manufacturer or group or series or type and/or the
maintenance task(s)]
B3 APU [Shall state engine manufacturer or series or type and/or the maintenance
task(s)]
COMPONENTS C1 Air Cond & [Shall state aircraft type or aircraft manufacturer or component manu
OTHER THAN Press facturer or the particular component and/or cross refer to a capability
COMPLETE list in the exposition and/or the maintenance task(s).]
ENGINES OR
APUs Example: PT6A Fuel Control
C2 Auto Flight
C3 Comms and Nav
C4 Doors —
Hatches
C5 Electrical Power
& Lights
C6 Equipment
C7 Engine — APU
C8 Flight Controls
C9 Fuel
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 83
▼B
C10 Helicopter —
Rotors
C11 Helicopter —
Trans
C12 Hydraulic
Power
C13 Indicating —
recording
system
C14 Landing Gear
C15 Oxygen
C16 Propellers
C17 Pneumatic &

Vacuum
C18 Protection ice/

rain/fire
C19 Windows
C20 Structural
C21 Water ballast
C22 Propulsion
Augmentation
SPECIALISED D1 Non Destructive [Shall state particular NDT method(s)]

SERVICES Testing
▼M1
(*) Delete as appropriate
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 84
▼M1
Appendix V
Maintenance Organisation Approval referred to in Annex I (Part-M) Subpart F

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 85
▼M1
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 86
▼M2
Appendix VI
Continuing Airworthiness Management Organisation Approval referred to in Annex I (Part-M) Subpart G

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 87
▼M2
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 88
▼B
Appendix VII
Complex Maintenance Tasks
The following constitutes the complex maintenance tasks referred to in points

M.A.502(d)3, M.A.801(b)2 and M.A.801(c):
1. The modification, repair or replacement by riveting, bonding, laminating, or

welding of any of the following airframe parts:
(a) a box beam;
(b) a wing stringer or chord member;
(c) a spar;
(d) a spar flange;
(e) a member of a truss-type beam;
(f) the web of a beam;
(g) a keel or chine member of a flying boat hull or a float;
(h) a corrugated sheet compression member in a wing or tail surface;
(i) a wing main rib;
(j) a wing or tail surface brace strut;
(k) an engine mount;
(l) a fuselage longeron or frame;
(m) a member of a side truss, horizontal truss or bulkhead;
(n) a seat support brace or bracket;
(o) a seat rail replacement;
(p) a landing gear strut or brace strut;
(q) an axle;
(r) a wheel; and
(s) a ski or ski pedestal, excluding the replacement of a low-friction coating.
2. The modification or repair of any of the following parts:
(a) aircraft skin, or the skin of an aircraft float, if the work requires the use of
a support, jig or fixture;
(b) aircraft skin that is subject to pressurization loads, if the damage to the
skin measures more than 15 cm (6 inches) in any direction;
(c) a load-bearing part of a control system, including a control column, pedal,

shaft, quadrant, bell crank, torque tube, control horn and forged or cast
bracket, but excluding
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 89
▼B
(i) the swaging of a repair splice or cable fitting, and
(ii) the replacement of a push-pull tube end fitting that is attached by

riveting; and
(d) any other structure, not listed in (1), that a manufacturer has identified as
primary structure in its maintenance manual, structural repair manual or
instructions for continuing airworthiness.
3. The performance of the following maintenance on a piston engine:
(a) dismantling and subsequent reassembling of a piston engine other than (i)
to obtain access to the piston/cylinder assemblies; or (ii) to remove the
rear accessory cover to inspect and/or replace oil pump assemblies, where
such work does not involve the removal and re-fitment of internal gears;
(b) dismantling and subsequent reassembling of reduction gears;
(c) welding and brazing of joints, other than minor weld repairs to exhaust
units carried out by a suitably approved or authorised welder but
excluding component replacement;
(d) the disturbing of individual parts of units which are supplied as bench
tested units, except for the replacement or adjustment of items normally
replaceable or adjustable in service.
4. The balancing of a propeller, except:
(a) for the certification of static balancing where required by the maintenance
manual;
(b) dynamic balancing on installed propellers using electronic balancing

equipment where permitted by the maintenance manual or other
approved airworthiness data;
5. Any additional task that requires:
(a) specialized tooling, equipment or facilities; or
(b) significant coordination procedures because of the extensive duration of

the tasks and the involvement of several persons.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 90
▼B
Appendix VIII
limited Pilot-owner maintenance
In addition to the requirements laid down in Annex I (Part-M), the following

basic principles are to be complied with before any maintenance task is carried
out under the terms of Pilot-owner maintenance:
(a) Competence and responsibility
1. The Pilot-owner is always responsible for any maintenance that he

performs.
2. Before carrying out any Pilot-owner maintenance tasks, the Pilot-owner

must satisfy himself that he is competent to do the task. It is the respon
sibility of Pilot-owners to familiarize themselves with the standard main
tenance practices for their aircraft and with the aircraft maintenance
programme. If the Pilot-owner is not competent for the task to be
carried out, the task cannot be released by the Pilot-owner.
3. The Pilot-owner (or his contracted continuing airworthiness management

organisation referred to in Subpart G, Section A of this Annex) is
responsible for identifying the Pilot-owner tasks according to these
basic principles in the maintenance programme and for ensuring that
the document is updated in a timely manner.
4. The approval of the maintenance programme has to be carried out in

(b) Tasks
The Pilot-owner may carry out simple visual inspections or operations to

check for general condition and obvious damage and normal operation of the
airframe, engines, systems and components.
Maintenance tasks shall not be carried out by the Pilot-owner when the task:
▼M2
1. is a critical maintenance task
▼B
2. requires the removal of major components or major assembly and/or;
3. is carried out in compliance with an Airworthiness Directive or an

Airworthiness Limitation Item, unless specifically allowed in the AD or
the ALI and/or;
4. requires the use of special tools, calibrated tools (except torque wrench
and crimping tool) and/or;
5. requires the use of test equipments or special testing (e.g. NDT, system
tests or operational checks for avionic equipment) and/or;
6. is composed of any unscheduled special inspections (e.g. heavy landing

check) and/or;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 91
▼B
7. is effecting systems essential for the IFR operations and/or;
8. is listed in Appendix VII to this Annex or is a component maintenance

task in accordance with points M.A.502(a), (b), (c) or (d) and/or;
▼M1
9. is part of the annual or 100h check contained in the Minimum Inspection
Programme described in M.A.302(i).
The criteria 1 to 9 cannot be overridden by less restrictive instructions issued

in accordance with ‘M.A.302(d) Maintenance Programme’.
▼B
Any task described in the aircraft flight manual as preparing the aircraft for
flight (Example: assembling the glider wings or pre-flight), is considered to
be a pilot task and is not considered a Pilot-owner maintenance task and
therefore does not require a Certificate of Release to Service.
(c) Performance of the maintenance Pilot-owner tasks and records
The maintenance data as specified in point M.A.401 must be always

available during the conduct of Pilot-owner maintenance and must be
complied with. Details of the data referred to in the conduct of Pilot-
owner maintenance must be included in the Certificate of Release to
Service in accordance with point M.A.803(d).
The Pilot-owner must inform the approved continuing airworthiness

management organisation responsible for the continuing airworthiness of
the aircraft (if applicable) not later than 30 days after completion of the
Pilot-owner maintenance task in accordance with point M.A.305(a).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 92
▼B
ANNEX II
(Part-145)
CONTENTS
145.1 General
145.A.10 Scope
145.A.15 Application
145.A.20 Terms of approval
145.A.25 Facility requirements
145.A.30 Personnel requirements
145.A.35 Certifying staff and support staff
▼M1
145.A.36 Records of airworthiness review staff
▼B
145.A.40 Equipment, tools and material
145.A.42 Acceptance of components
145.A.45 Maintenance data
145.A.47 Production planning
▼M2
145.A.48 Performance of maintenance
▼B
145.A.50 Certification of maintenance
▼M1
145.A.55 Maintenance and airworthiness review records
▼B
145.A.60 Occurrence reporting
145.A.65 Safety and quality policy, maintenance procedures and quality

system
145.A.70 Maintenance organisation exposition
145.A.75 Privileges of the organisation
145.A.80 Limitations on the organisation
145.A.85 Changes to the organisation
145.A.90 Continued validity
145.A.95 Findings
145.B.1 Scope
145.B.10 Competent authority
145.B.15 Organisations located in several Member States
145.B.20 Initial approval
145.B.25 Issue of approval
145.B.30 Continuation of an approval
145.B.35 Changes
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 93
▼B
145.B.40 Changes to the Maintenance Organisation Exposition
145.B.45 Revocation, suspension and limitation of approval
145.B.50 Findings
145.B.55 Record-keeping
145.B.60 Exemptions
Appendix I — Authorised Release Certificate EASA Form 1
Appendix II — Class and Ratings System used for the Approval of Main
tenance Organisations referred to in Annex I (Part-M)
Subpart F and in Annex II (Part-145)
Appendix III — Maintenance Organisation Approval referred to in Annex II

(Part-145)
Appendix IV — Conditions for the use of staff not qualified in accordance

with Annex III (Part-66) referred to in points 145.A.30(j) 1
and 2
145.1 General
1. for organisations having their principal place of business in a Member State,

the authority designated by that Member State, or;
2. for organisations having their principal place of business located in a third

country, the Agency.
SECTION A
145.A.10 Scope
This Section establishes the requirements to be met by an organisation
to qualify for the issue or continuation of an approval for the main
tenance of aircraft and components.
An application for the issue or change of an approval shall be made to
the competent authority in a form and manner established by such
authority.
145.A.20 Terms of Approval

The organisation shall specify the scope of work deemed to constitute
approval in its exposition (Appendix IV to Annex I (Part-M) contains
a table of all classes and ratings).

The organisation shall ensure that:
(a) Facilities are provided appropriate for all planned work, ensuring
in particular, protection from the weather elements. Specialised
workshops and bays are segregated as appropriate, to ensure
that environmental and work area contamination is unlikely to
occur.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 94
▼B
1. For base maintenance of aircraft, aircraft hangars are both
available and large enough to accommodate aircraft on
planned base maintenance;
2. For component maintenance, component workshops are large

enough to accommodate the components on planned main
tenance.
(b) Office accommodation is provided for the management of the

planned work referred to in point (a), and certifying staff so
that they can carry out their designated tasks in a manner that
contributes to good aircraft maintenance standards.
(c) The working environment including aircraft hangars, component

workshops and office accommodation is appropriate for the task
carried out and in particular special requirements observed. Unless
otherwise dictated by the particular task environment, the working
environment must be such that the effectiveness of personnel is
not impaired:
1. temperatures must be maintained such that personnel can carry

out required tasks without undue discomfort.
2. dust and any other airborne contamination are kept to a

minimum and not be permitted to reach a level in the work
task area where visible aircraft/component surface contami
nation is evident. Where dust/other airborne contamination
results in visible surface contamination, all susceptible
systems are sealed until acceptable conditions are re-estab
lished.
3. lighting is such as to ensure each inspection and maintenance

task can be carried out in an effective manner.
4. noise shall not distract personnel from carrying out inspection

tasks. Where it is impractical to control the noise source, such
personnel are provided with the necessary personal equipment
to stop excessive noise causing distraction during inspection
tasks.
5. where a particular maintenance task requires the application of

specific environmental conditions different to the foregoing,
then such conditions are observed. Specific conditions are
identified in the maintenance data.
6. the working environment for line maintenance is such that the

particular maintenance or inspection task can be carried out
without undue distraction. Therefore where the working
environment deteriorates to an unacceptable level in respect
of temperature, moisture, hail, ice, snow, wind, light, dust/other
airborne contamination, the particular maintenance or
inspection tasks must be suspended until satisfactory
conditions are re-established.
(d) Secure storage facilities are provided for components, equipment,

tools and material. Storage conditions ensure segregation of
serviceable components and material from unserviceable aircraft
components, material, equipment and tools. The conditions of
storage are in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to
prevent deterioration and damage of stored items. Access to
storage facilities is restricted to authorised personnel.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 95
▼B
(a) The organisation shall appoint an accountable manager who has
corporate authority for ensuring that all maintenance required by
the customer can be financed and carried out to the standard
required by this Part. The accountable manager shall:
1. ensure that all necessary resources are available to accomplish

maintenance in accordance with point 145.A.65(b) to support
the organisation approval.
2. establish and promote the safety and quality policy specified in

point 145.A.65(a).
3. demonstrate a basic understanding of this Annex (Part-145).
(b) The organisation shall nominate a person or group of persons,

whose responsibilities include ensuring that the organisation
complies with this Part. Such person(s) shall ultimately be
responsible to the accountable manager.
1. The person or persons nominated shall represent the main

tenance management structure of the organisation and be
responsible for all functions specified in this Part.
2. The person or persons nominated shall be identified and their

credentials submitted in a form and manner established by the
3. The person or persons nominated shall be able to demonstrate

relevant knowledge, background and satisfactory experience
related to aircraft or component maintenance and demonstrate
a working knowledge of this Part.
4. Procedures shall make clear who deputises for any particular

person in the case of lengthy absence of the said person.
(c) The accountable manager under point (a) shall appoint a person
with responsibility for monitoring the quality system, including the
associated feedback system as required by point 145.A.65(c). The
appointed person shall have direct access to the accountable
manager to ensure that the accountable manager is kept properly
informed on quality and compliance matters.
(d) The organisation shall have a maintenance man-hour plan showing

that the organisation has sufficient staff to plan, perform,
supervise, inspect and quality monitor the organisation in
accordance with the approval. In addition the organisation shall
have a procedure to reassess work intended to be carried out when
actual staff availability is less than the planned staffing level for
any particular work shift or period.
(e) ►M1 The organisation shall establish and control the competence
of personnel involved in any maintenance, development of main
tenance programmes, airworthiness reviews, management and/or
quality audits in accordance with a procedure and to a standard
agreed by the competent authority. ◄ In addition to the necessary
expertise related to the job function, competence must include an
understanding of the application of human factors and human
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 96
▼B
performance issues appropriate to that person's function in the
organisation. ‘Human factors’ means principles which apply to
aeronautical design, certification, training, operations and main
tenance and which seek safe interface between the human and
other system components by proper consideration of human
performance. ‘Human performance’ means human capabilities
and limitations which have an impact on the safety and efficiency
of aeronautical operations.
(f) The organisation shall ensure that personnel who carry out and/or
control a continued airworthiness non-destructive test of aircraft
structures and/or components are appropriately qualified for the
particular non-destructive test in accordance with the European
or equivalent Standard recognised by the Agency. Personnel who
carry out any other specialised task shall be appropriately qualified
in accordance with officially recognised Standards. By derogation
to this point those personnel specified in points (g) and (h)(1) and
(h)(2), qualified in category B1 or B3 in accordance with Annex
III (Part-66) may carry out and/or control colour contrast dye
penetrant tests.
(g) Any organisation maintaining aircraft, except where stated

otherwise in point (j), shall in the case of aircraft line maintenance,
have appropriate aircraft rated certifying staff qualified as category
B1, B2, B3, as appropriate, in accordance with Annex III (Part-66)
and point 145.A.35.
In addition such organisations may also use appropriately task

trained certifying staff holding the privileges described in points
66.A.20(a)(1) and 66.A.20(a)(3)(ii) and qualified in accordance
with Annex III (Part-66) and point 145.A.35 to carry out minor
scheduled line maintenance and simple defect rectification. The
availability of such certifying staff shall not replace the need for
category B1, B2, B3 certifying staff, as appropriate.
▼M2
(h) Any organisation maintaining aircraft, except where stated
otherwise in point (j) shall:
1. in the case of base maintenance of complex motor-powered

aircraft, have appropriate aircraft type rated certifying staff
qualified as category C in accordance with Part-66 and
145.A.35. In addition the organisation shall have sufficient
aircraft type rated staff qualified as category B1, B2 as appro
priate in accordance with Part-66 and 145.A.35 to support the
category C certifying staff.
(i) B1 and B2 support staff shall ensure that all relevant tasks
or inspections have been carried out to the required
standard before the category C certifying staff issues the
certificate of release to service.
(ii) The organisation shall maintain a register of any such B1

and B2 support staff.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 97
▼M2
(iii) The category C certifying staff shall ensure that
compliance with paragraph (i) has been met and that all
work required by the customer has been accomplished
during the particular base maintenance check or work
package, and shall also assess the impact of any work
not carried out with a view to either requiring its accom
plishment or agreeing with the operator to defer such work
to another specified check or time limit.
2. in the case of base maintenance of aircraft other than complex

motor-powered aircraft have either:
(i) appropriate aircraft rated certifying staff qualified as

category B1, B2, B3, as appropriate, in accordance with
Annex III (Part-66) and point 145.A.35 or,
(ii) appropriate aircraft rated certifying staff qualified in

category C assisted by support staff as specified in point
145.A.35(a)(i).
(i) Component certifying staff shall comply with the provisions of

Article 5(6) of Regulation (EU) No 1321/2014.
▼B
(j) By derogation to points (g) and (h), in relation to the obligation to
comply with Annex III (Part-66), the organisation may use
certifying staff qualified in accordance with the following provi
sions:
1. For organisation facilities located outside the Community

territory certifying staff may be qualified in accordance with
the national aviation regulations of the State in which the
organisation facility is registered subject to the conditions
specified in Appendix IV to this Part.
2. For line maintenance carried out at a line station of an organi

sation which is located outside the Community territory, the
certifying staff may be qualified in accordance with the
national aviation regulations of the State in which the line
station is based, subject to the conditions specified in
Appendix IV to this Part.
3. For a repetitive pre-flight airworthiness directive which

specifically states that the flight crew may carry out such
airworthiness directive, the organisation may issue a limited
certification authorisation to the aircraft commander and/or
the flight engineer on the basis of the flight crew licence
held. However, the organisation shall ensure that sufficient
practical training has been carried out to ensure that such
aircraft commander or flight engineer can accomplish the
airworthiness directive to the required standard.
4. In the case of aircraft operating away from a supported location

the organisation may issue a limited certification authorisation
to the commander and/or the flight engineer on the basis of the
flight crew licence held subject to being satisfied that sufficient
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 98
▼B
practical training has been carried out to ensure that the
commander or flight engineer can accomplish the specified
task to the required standard. The provisions of this point
shall be detailed in an exposition procedure.
5. In the following unforeseen cases, where an aircraft is grounded

at a location other than the main base where no appropriate
certifying staff are available, the organisation contracted to
provide maintenance support may issue a one-off certification
authorisation:
(i) to one of its employees holding equivalent type authori

sations on aircraft of similar technology, construction and
systems; or
(ii) to any person with not less than five years maintenance
experience and holding a valid ICAO aircraft maintenance
licence rated for the aircraft type requiring certification
provided there is no organisation appropriately approved
under this Part at that location and the contracted organi
sation obtains and holds on file evidence of the experience
and the licence of that person.
►M1 All such cases as specified in this point must be reported to the
competent authority within seven days after issuing such certification
authorisation. ◄ The organisation issuing the one-off authorisation
shall ensure that any such maintenance that could affect flight safety
is re-checked by an appropriately approved organisation.
▼M1
(k) If the organisation performs airworthiness reviews and issues the
corresponding airworthiness review certificate for ELA1 aircraft
not involved in commercial operations in accordance with
M.A.901(l), it shall have airworthiness review staff qualified and
authorised in accordance with M.A.901(l)1.
(l) If the organisation is involved in the development and processing

of approval of the maintenance programme for ELA2 aircraft not
involved in commercial operations in accordance with
M.A.201(e)(ii), it shall have qualified staff who shall be able to
show relevant knowledge and experience.
▼B
145.A.35 Certifying staff and support staff
(a) In addition to the appropriate requirements of points 145.A.30(g)
and (h), the organisation shall ensure that certifying staff and
support staff have an adequate understanding of the relevant
aircraft and/or components to be maintained together with the
associated organisation procedures. In the case of certifying
staff, this shall be accomplished before the issue or re-issue of
the certification authorisation.
(i) ‘Support staff’ means those staff holding an aircraft main

tenance licence under Annex III (Part-66) in category B1, B2
and/or B3 with the appropriate aircraft ratings, working in a
base maintenance environment while not necessarily holding
certification privileges.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 99
▼B
(ii) ‘Relevant aircraft and/or components’, means those aircraft
or components specified in the particular certification auth
orisation.
(iii) ‘Certification authorisation’ means the authorisation issued to

certifying staff by the organisation and which specifies the
fact that they may sign certificates of release to service
within the limitations stated in such authorisation on behalf
of the approved organisation.
(b) Excepting those cases listed in points 145.A.30(j) and

66.A.20(a)3(ii) the organisation may only issue a certification
authorisation to certifying staff in relation to the basic categories
or subcategories and any type rating listed on the aircraft main
tenance licence as required by Annex III (Part-66), subject to the
licence remaining valid throughout the validity period of the auth
orisation and the certifying staff remaining in compliance with
Annex III (Part-66).
(c) The organisation shall ensure that all certifying staff and support
staff are involved in at least 6 months of actual relevant aircraft or
component maintenance experience in any consecutive 2-year
period.
For the purpose of this point ‘involved in actual relevant aircraft

or component maintenance’ means that the person has worked in
an aircraft or component maintenance environment and has either
exercised the privileges of the certification authorisation and/or
has actually carried out maintenance on at least some of the
aircraft type or aircraft group systems specified in the particular
certification authorisation.
(d) The organisation shall ensure that all certifying staff and support
staff receive sufficient continuation training in each two year
period to ensure that such staff have up-to-date knowledge of
relevant technology, organisation procedures and human factor
issues.
(e) The organisation shall establish a programme for continuation

training for certifying staff and support staff, including a
procedure to ensure compliance with the relevant points of
145.A.35 as the basis for issuing certification authorisations
under this Part to certifying staff, and a procedure to ensure
compliance with Annex III (Part-66).
(f) Except where any of the unforeseen cases of point 145.A.30(j)(5)

apply, the organisation shall assess all prospective certifying staff
for their competence, qualification and capability to carry out their
intended certifying duties in accordance with a procedure as
specified in the exposition prior to the issue or re-issue of a
certification authorisation under this Part.
(g) When the conditions of points (a), (b), (d), (f) and, where appli
cable, point (c) have been fulfilled by the certifying staff, the
organisation shall issue a certification authorisation that clearly
specifies the scope and limits of such authorisation. Continued
validity of the certification authorisation is dependent upon
continued compliance with points (a), (b), (d), and where appli
cable, (c).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 100
▼B
(h) The certification authorisation must be in a style that makes its
scope clear to the certifying staff and any authorised person who
may require to examine the authorisation. Where codes are used
to define scope, the organisation shall make a code translation
readily available. ‘Authorised person’ means the officials of the
competent authorities, the Agency and the Member State who has
responsibility for the oversight of the maintained aircraft or
component.
(i) The person responsible for the quality system shall also remain
responsible on behalf of the organisation for issuing certification
authorisations to certifying staff. Such person may nominate other
persons to actually issue or revoke the certification authorisations
in accordance with a procedure as specified in the exposition.
(j) The organisation shall maintain a record of all certifying staff and
support staff, which shall contain:
1. the details of any aircraft maintenance licence held under

Annex III (Part-66); and
2. all relevant training completed; and
3. the scope of the certification authorisations issued, where

relevant; and
4. particulars of staff with limited or one-off certification auth

orisations.
The organisation shall retain the record for at least three years
after the staff referred to in this point have ceased employment
with the organisation or as soon as the authorisation has been
withdrawn. In addition, upon request, the maintenance organi
sation shall furnish the staff referred to in this point with a
copy of their personal record on leaving the organisation.
The staff referred to in this point shall be given access on request

to their personal records as detailed above.
(k) The organisation shall provide certifying staff with a copy of their
certification authorisation in either a documented or electronic
format.
(l) Certifying staff shall produce their certification authorisation to

any authorised person within 24 hours.
(m) The minimum age for certifying staff and support staff is 21
years.
(n) The holder of a category A aircraft maintenance licence may only

exercise certification privileges on a specific aircraft type
following the satisfactory completion of the relevant category A
aircraft task training carried out by an organisation appropriately
approved in accordance with Annex II (Part-145) or Annex IV
(Part-147). This training shall include practical hands on training
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 101
▼B
and theoretical training as appropriate for each task authorised.
Satisfactory completion of training shall be demonstrated by an
examination or by workplace assessment carried out by the
organisation.
(o) The holder of a category B2 aircraft maintenance licence may

only exercise the certification privileges described in point
66.A.20(a)(3)(ii) of Annex III (Part-66) following the satisfactory
completion of (i) the relevant category A aircraft task training and
(ii) 6 months of documented practical experience covering the
scope of the authorisation that will be issued. The task training
shall include practical hands on training and theoretical training as
appropriate for each task authorised. Satisfactory completion of
training shall be demonstrated by an examination or by workplace
assessment. Task training and examination/assessment shall be
carried out by the maintenance organisation issuing the certifying
staff authorisation. The practical experience shall be also obtained
within such maintenance organisation.
▼M1
145.A.36 Records of airworthiness review staff
The organisation shall record all details concerning the airworthiness

review staff and maintain a current list of all the airworthiness review
staff together with their scope of approval as part of the organisation's
exposition pursuant to point 145.A.70(a)6.
The organisation shall retain the record for at least three years after the
staff referred to in this point have ceased employment (or engagement
as a contractor or volunteer) with the organisation or as soon as the
authorisation has been withdrawn. In addition, upon request, the main
tenance organisation shall provide the staff referred to in this point
with a copy of their personal record on leaving the organisation.
The staff referred to in this point shall be given access on request to

their personal records.
▼B
145.A.40 Equipment, tools and material
(a) The organisation shall have available and use the necessary
equipment, tools and material to perform the approved scope of
work.
1. Where the manufacturer specifies a particular tool or

equipment, the organisation shall use that tool or equipment,
unless the use of alternative tooling or equipment is agreed by
the competent authority via procedures specified in the
exposition.
2. Equipment and tools must be permanently available, except in

the case of any tool or equipment that is so infrequently used
that its permanent availability is not necessary. Such cases shall
be detailed in an exposition procedure.
3. An organisation approved for base maintenance shall have

sufficient aircraft access equipment and inspection platforms/
docking such that the aircraft can be properly inspected.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 102
▼B
(b) The organisation shall ensure that all tools, equipment and
particularly test equipment, as appropriate, are controlled and cali
brated according to an officially recognised standard at a frequency
to ensure serviceability and accuracy. Records of such calibrations
and traceability to the standard used shall be kept by the organi
sation.
145.A.42 Acceptance of components

(a) All components shall be classified and appropriately segregated
into the following categories:
1. Components which are in a satisfactory condition, released on

an EASA Form 1 or equivalent and marked in accordance with
Subpart Q of Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No
748/2012.
2. Unserviceable components which shall be maintained in

accordance with this section.
3. Unsalvageable components which are classified in accordance

with point 145.A.42(d).
4. Standard parts used on an aircraft, engine, propeller or other

aircraft component when specified in the manufacturer's illus
trated parts catalogue and/or the maintenance data.
5. Material both raw and consumable used in the course of main

tenance when the organisation is satisfied that the material
meets the required specification and has appropriate traceability.
All material must be accompanied by documentation clearly
relating to the particular material and containing a conformity
to specification statement plus both the manufacturing and
supplier source.
6. Components referred to in point 21A.307(c) of Annex I (Part-

21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012.
(b) Prior to installation of a component, the organisation shall ensure

that the particular component is eligible to be fitted when different
modification and/or airworthiness directive standards may be appli
cable.
(c) The organisation may fabricate a restricted range of parts to be

used in the course of undergoing work within its own facilities
provided procedures are identified in the exposition.
(d) Components which have reached their certified life limit or contain
a non-repairable defect shall be classified as unsalvageable and
shall not be permitted to re-enter the component supply system
unless certified life limits have been extended or a repair solution
has been approved according to Annex I (Part-21) to Regulation
(EU) No 748/2012.
(e) Components referred to in point 21A.307(c) of Annex I (Part-21)

to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012 shall only be installed if
considered eligible for installation by the aircraft owner in its
own aircraft.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 103
▼B
145.A.45 Maintenance data
(a) The organisation shall hold and use applicable current maintenance
data in the performance of maintenance, including modifications
and repairs. ‘Applicable’ means relevant to any aircraft,
component or process specified in the organisation's approval
class rating schedule and in any associated capability list.
In the case of maintenance data provided by an operator or

customer, the organisation shall hold such data when the work is
in progress, with the exception of the need to comply with point
145.A.55(c).
(b) For the purposes of this Part, applicable maintenance data shall be
any of the following:
1. Any applicable requirement, procedure, operational directive or

information issued by the authority responsible for the oversight
of the aircraft or component;
2. Any applicable airworthiness directive issued by the authority

responsible for the oversight of the aircraft or component;
3. Instructions for continuing airworthiness, issued by type

certificate holders, supplementary type certificate holders, any
other organisation required to publish such data by Annex I
(Part-21) to Regulation (EU) No 748/2012 and in the case of
aircraft or components from third countries the airworthiness
data mandated by the authority responsible for the oversight
of the aircraft or component;
4. Any applicable standard, such as but not limited to, main

tenance standard practices recognised by the Agency as a
good standard for maintenance;
5. Any applicable data issued in accordance with point (d).
(c) The organisation shall establish procedures to ensure that if found,

any inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous procedure, practice,
information or maintenance instruction contained in the main
tenance data used by maintenance personnel is recorded and
notified to the author of the maintenance data.
(d) The organisation may only modify maintenance instructions in

accordance with a procedure specified in the maintenance organi
sation's exposition. With respect to those changes, the organisation
shall demonstrate that they result in equivalent or improved main
tenance standards and shall inform the type-certificate holder of
such changes. Maintenance instructions for the purposes of this
point means instructions on how to carry out the particular main
tenance task: they exclude the engineering design of repairs and
modifications.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 104
▼B
(e) The organisation shall provide a common work card or worksheet
system to be used throughout relevant parts of the organisation. In
addition, the organisation shall either transcribe accurately the
maintenance data contained in points (b) and (d) onto such work
cards or worksheets or make precise reference to the particular
maintenance task or tasks contained in such maintenance data.
Work cards and worksheets may be computer generated and
held on an electronic database subject to both adequate safeguards
against unauthorised alteration and a back-up electronic database
which shall be updated within 24 hours of any entry made to the
main electronic database. Complex maintenance tasks shall be
transcribed onto the work cards or worksheets and subdivided
into clear stages to ensure a record of the accomplishment of the
complete maintenance task.
Where the organisation provides a maintenance service to an

aircraft operator who requires their work card or worksheet
system to be used then such work card or worksheet system
may be used. In this case, the organisation shall establish a
procedure to ensure correct completion of the aircraft operators'
work cards or worksheets.
(f) The organisation shall ensure that all applicable maintenance data
is readily available for use when required by maintenance
personnel.
(g) The organisation shall establish a procedure to ensure that main

tenance data it controls is kept up to date. In the case of operator/
customer controlled and provided maintenance data, the organi
sation shall be able to show that either it has written confirmation
from the operator/customer that all such maintenance data is up to
date or it has work orders specifying the amendment status of the
maintenance data to be used or it can show that it is on the
operator/customer maintenance data amendment list.
145.A.47 Production planning

(a) The organisation shall have a system appropriate to the amount
and complexity of work to plan the availability of all necessary
personnel, tools, equipment, material, maintenance data and
facilities in order to ensure the safe completion of the main
tenance work.
(b) The planning of maintenance tasks, and the organising of shifts,

shall take into account human performance limitations.
(c) When it is required to hand over the continuation or completion

of maintenance tasks for reasons of a shift or personnel
changeover, relevant information shall be adequately
communicated between outgoing and incoming personnel.
▼M2
145.A.48 Performance of maintenance
The organisation shall establish procedures to ensure that:
(a) after completion of maintenance a general verification is carried

out to ensure that the aircraft or component is clear of all tools,
equipment and any extraneous parts or material, and that all access
panels removed have been refitted;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 105
▼M2
(b) an error capturing method is implemented after the performance of
any critical maintenance task;
(c) the risk of multiple errors during maintenance and the risk of
errors being repeated in identical maintenance tasks are minimised;
and,
(d) damage is assessed and modifications and repairs are carried out
using data specified in point M.A.304.
▼B
145.A.50 Certification of maintenance
(a) A certificate of release to service shall be issued by appropriately
authorised certifying staff on behalf of the organisation when it has
been verified that all maintenance ordered has been properly
carried out by the organisation in accordance with the procedures
specified in point 145.A.70, taking into account the availability
and use of the maintenance data specified in point 145.A.45 and
that there are no non-compliances which are known to endanger
flight safety.
(b) A certificate of release to service shall be issued before flight at

the completion of any maintenance.
(c) New defects or incomplete maintenance work orders identified

during the above maintenance shall be brought to the attention
of the aircraft operator for the specific purpose of obtaining
agreement to rectify such defects or completing the missing
elements of the maintenance work order. In the case where the
aircraft operator declines to have such maintenance carried out
under this point, point (e) is applicable.
(d) A certificate of release to service shall be issued at the completion

of any maintenance on a component whilst off the aircraft. The
authorised release certificate ‘EASA Form 1’ referred to in
Appendix II of Annex I (Part-M) constitutes the component
certificate of release to service except if otherwise specified in
point M.A.502(b) or M.A.502(e). When an organisation
maintains a component for its own use, an EASA Form 1 may
not be necessary depending upon the organisation's internal release
procedures defined in the exposition.
(e) By derogation to point (a), when the organisation is unable to

complete all maintenance ordered, it may issue a certificate of
release to service within the approved aircraft limitations. The
organisation shall enter such fact in the aircraft certificate of
release to service before the issue of such certificate.
(f) By derogation to points (a) and 145.A.42, when an aircraft is

grounded at a location other than the main line station or main
maintenance base due to the non-availability of a component with
the appropriate release certificate, it is permissible to temporarily
fit a component without the appropriate release certificate for a
maximum of 30 flight hours or until the aircraft first returns to the
main line station or main maintenance base, whichever is the
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 106
▼B
sooner, subject to the aircraft operator agreement and said
component having a suitable release certificate but otherwise in
compliance with all applicable maintenance and operational
requirements. Such components shall be removed by the above
prescribed time limit unless an appropriate release certificate has
been obtained in the meantime under points (a) and 145.A.42.
▼M1
145.A.55 Maintenance and airworthiness review records
(a) The organisation shall record all details of maintenance work
carried out. As a minimum, the organisation shall retain records
necessary to prove that all requirements have been met for the
issue of the certificate of release to service, including subcon
tractor's release documents, and for the issue of any airworthiness
review certificate and recommendation.
▼B
(b) The organisation shall provide a copy of each certificate of release
to service to the aircraft operator, together with a copy of any
specific repair/modification data used for repairs/modifications
carried out.
(c) ►M1 The organisation shall retain a copy of all detailed main
tenance records and any associated maintenance data for three
years from the date the aircraft or component to which the work
relates was released from the organisation. In addition, it shall
retain a copy of all the records related to the issue of airworthiness
review certificates and recommendations for three years from the
date of issue and shall provide a copy of them to the owner of the
aircraft. ◄
1. The records under this point shall be stored in a manner that

ensures protection from damage, alteration and theft.
2. Computer backup discs, tapes etc. shall be stored in a different

location from that containing the working discs, tapes etc., in an
environment that ensures they remain in good condition.
▼M1
3. Where an organisation approved under this Annex (Part-145)
terminates its operation, all retained maintenance records
covering the last three years shall be distributed to the last
owner or customer of the respective aircraft or component or
shall be stored as specified by the competent authority.
▼B
145.A.60 Occurrence reporting
(a) The organisation shall report to the competent authority, the state
of registry and the organisation responsible for the design of the
aircraft or component any condition of the aircraft or component
identified by the organisation that has resulted or may result in an
unsafe condition that hazards seriously the flight safety.
(b) The organisation shall establish an internal occurrence reporting

system as detailed in the exposition to enable the collection and
evaluation of such reports, including the assessment and extraction
of those occurrences to be reported under point (a). This procedure
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 107
▼B
shall identify adverse trends, corrective actions taken or to be
taken by the organisation to address deficiencies and include
evaluation of all known relevant information relating to such
occurrences and a method to circulate the information as
necessary.
(c) The organisation shall make such reports in a form and manner
established by the Agency and ensure that they contain all
pertinent information about the condition and evaluation results
known to the organisation.
(d) Where the organisation is contracted by a commercial operator to

carry out maintenance, the organisation shall also report to the
operator any such condition affecting the operator's aircraft or
component.
(e) The organisation shall produce and submit such reports as soon as
practicable but in any case within 72 hours of the organisation
identifying the condition to which the report relates.
145.A.65 Safety and quality policy, maintenance procedures and quality

system
(a) The organisation shall establish a safety and quality policy for the
organisation to be included in the exposition under point 145.A.70.
▼M2
(b) The organisation shall establish procedures agreed by the
competent authority taking into account human factors and
human performance to ensure good maintenance practices and
compliance with the applicable requirements established in
145.A.25 to 145.A.95. The procedures under this point shall:
1. ensure that a clear work order or contract has been agreed

between the organisation and the organisation requesting main
tenance to clearly establish the maintenance to be carried out so
that aircraft and components may be released to service in
accordance with 145.A.50; and,
2. cover all aspects of carrying out maintenance, including the

provision and control of specialised services and lay down
the standards to which the organisation intends to work.
▼B
(c) The organisation shall establish a quality system that includes the
following:
1. Independent audits in order to monitor compliance with

required aircraft/aircraft component standards and adequacy of
the procedures to ensure that such procedures invoke good
maintenance practices and airworthy aircraft/aircraft
components. In the smallest organisations the independent
audit part of the quality system may be contracted to another
organisation approved under this Part or a person with appro
priate technical knowledge and proven satisfactory audit
experience; and
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 108
▼B
2. A quality feedback reporting system to the person or group of
persons specified in point 145.A.30(b) and ultimately to the
accountable manager that ensures proper and timely corrective
action is taken in response to reports resulting from the inde
pendent audits established to meet point (1).
145.A.70 Maintenance organisation exposition

(a) ‘Maintenance organisation exposition’ means the document or
documents that contain the material specifying the scope of
work deemed to constitute approval and showing how the organi
sation intends to comply with this Annex (Part-145). The organi
sation shall provide the competent authority with a maintenance
organisation exposition, containing the following information:
1. A statement signed by the accountable manager confirming

that the maintenance organisation exposition and any
referenced associated manuals define the organisation's
compliance with this Annex (Part-145) and will be complied
with at all times. When the accountable manager is not the
chief executive officer of the organisation then such chief
executive officer shall countersign the statement;
2. the organisation's safety and quality policy as specified by

point 145.A.65;
3. the title(s) and name(s) of the persons nominated under point

145.A.30(b);
4. the duties and responsibilities of the persons nominated under

point 145.A.30(b), including matters on which they may deal
directly with the competent authority on behalf of the organi
sation;

bility between the persons nominated under point 145.A.30(b);
▼M1
6. a list of certifying staff, support staff and, if applicable,
airworthiness review staff and staff responsible for the devel
opment and processing of the maintenance programme, with
their scope of approval;
▼B
7. a general description of manpower resources;
8. a general description of the facilities located at each address

specified in the organisation's approval certificate;
9. a specification of the organisation's scope of work relevant to

the extent of approval;
10. the notification procedure of point 145.A.85 for organisation

changes;
11. the maintenance organisation exposition amendment procedure;
▼M1
12. the procedures and quality system established by the organi
sation under points 145.A.25 to 145.A.90 and any additional
procedure followed in accordance with Annex I (Part M);
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 109
▼B
13. a list of commercial operators, where applicable, to which the
organisation provides an aircraft maintenance service;
14. a list of subcontracted organisations, where applicable, as

specified in point 145.A.75(b);
15. a list of line stations, where applicable, as specified in point

145.A.75(d);
16. a list of contracted organisations, where applicable.
(b) The exposition shall be amended as necessary to remain an up-to-

date description of the organisation The exposition and any
subsequent amendment shall be approved by the competent auth
ority.
(c) Notwithstanding point (b) minor amendments to the exposition

may be approved through an exposition procedure (hereinafter
called indirect approval).
145.A.75 Privileges of the organisation

In accordance with the exposition, the organisation shall be entitled to
carry out the following tasks:
(a) Maintain any aircraft and/or component for which it is approved

at the locations identified in the approval certificate and in the
exposition;
(b) Arrange for maintenance of any aircraft or component for which it

is approved at another organisation that is working under the
quality system of the organisation. This refers to work being
carried out by an organisation not itself appropriately approved
to carry out such maintenance under this Part and is limited to the
work scope permitted under procedures laid down in point
145.A.65(b). This work scope shall not include a base main
tenance check of an aircraft or a complete workshop maintenance
check or overhaul of an engine or engine module;
(c) Maintain any aircraft or any component for which it is approved

at any location subject to the need for such maintenance arising
either from the unserviceability of the aircraft or from the
necessity of supporting occasional line maintenance, subject to
the conditions specified in the exposition;
(d) Maintain any aircraft and/or component for which it is approved

at a location identified as a line maintenance location capable of
supporting minor maintenance and only if the organisation
exposition both permits such activity and lists such locations;
(e) Issue certificates of release to service in respect of completion of

maintenance in accordance with point 145.A.50;
▼M1
(f) If specifically approved to do so for ELA1 aircraft not involved in
commercial operations,
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 110
▼M1
airworthiness review certificate, under the conditions specified
in point M.A.901(l), and

recommendation, under the conditions specified in point
M.A.901(l) and M.A.904(a)2 and (b).
(g) Develop the maintenance programme and process its approval in

accordance with point M.A.302 for ELA2 aircraft not involved in
commercial operations, under the conditions specified in point
M.A.201(e)(ii), and limited to the aircraft ratings listed in the
approval certificate.
▼B
145.A.80 Limitations on the organisation
The organisation shall only maintain an aircraft or component for
which it is approved when all the necessary facilities, equipment,
tooling, material, maintenance data and certifying staff are available.
145.A.85 Changes to the organisation

The organisation shall notify the competent authority of any proposal
to carry out any of the following changes before such changes take
place to enable the competent authority to determine continued
compliance with this Part and to amend, if necessary, the approval
certificate, except that in the case of proposed changes in personnel not
known to the management beforehand, these changes must be notified
at the earliest opportunity:
1. the name of the organisation;
2. the main location of the organisation;
3. additional locations of the organisation;
4. the accountable manager;
5. any of the persons nominated under point 145.A.30(b);
▼M1
6. the facilities, equipment, tools, material, procedures, work scope,
certifying staff and airworthiness review staff that could affect the
approval.
▼B
1. the organisation remaining in compliance with Annex II (Part-

145), in accordance with the provisions related to the handling
of findings as specified under point 145.B.50; and

to determine continued compliance with this Part; and
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 111
▼B
3. the certificate not being surrendered or revoked.
(b) Upon surrender or revocation, the approval shall be returned to the

145.A.95 Findings
(a) A level 1 finding is any significant non-compliance with
requirements laid down in this Annex (Part-145) which lowers
the safety standard and hazards seriously the flight safety.
(b) A level 2 finding is any non-compliance with requirements laid

down in this Annex (Part-145) which could lower the safety
standard and possibly hazard the flight safety.

145.B.50, the holder of the maintenance organisation approval
shall define a corrective action plan and demonstrate corrective
action to the satisfaction of the competent authority within a
period agreed with this authority.
SECTION B
PROCEDURE FOR COMPETENT AUTHORITIES
145.B.01 Scope
This section establishes the administrative procedures which the
competent authority shall follow when exercising its tasks and respon
sibilities regarding issuance, continuation, change, suspension or revo
cation of approvals of maintenance organisations under this Annex
(Part-145).

1. General
The Member State shall designate a competent authority with allocated
revocation of a maintenance approval. This competent authority shall
establish documented procedures and an organisational structure.
2. Resources
The number of staff must be appropriate to carry out the requirements
as detailed in this section.
3. Qualification and training

All staff involved in approvals under this Annex (Part-145) must:
(a) be appropriately qualified and have all necessary knowledge,

experience and training to perform their allocated tasks.
(b) have received training/continuation training on this Annex (Part-

145) where relevant, including its intended meaning and standard.
4. Procedures
compliance with this Section B is accomplished.
The procedures must be reviewed and amended to ensure continued

compliance.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 112
▼B
145.B.15 Organisations located in several Member States
Where maintenance facilities are located in more than one Member
State the investigation and continued oversight of the approval must be
carried out in conjunction with the competent authorities from the
Member States in whose territory the other maintenance facilities are
located.
145.B.20 Initial approval

1. Provided the requirements of points 145.A.30(a) and (b) are
complied with, the competent authority shall formally indicate its
acceptance of the personnel, specified in points 145.A.30(a) and
(b), to the applicant in writing.
2. The competent authority shall verify that the procedures specified in

the maintenance organisation exposition comply with this Annex
(Part-145) and verify that the accountable manager signs the
commitment statement.
3. The competent authority shall verify that the organisation is in

compliance with the requirements of this Annex (Part-145).
4. A meeting with the accountable manager shall be convened at least

for signing the exposition commitment of the organisation to
compliance with the procedures specified in the exposition.
5. All findings must be confirmed in writing to the organisation.
6. The competent authority shall record all findings, closure actions

(actions required to close a finding) and recommendations
7. For initial approval all findings must be corrected before the

approval can be issued.
145.B.25 Issue of approval

1. The competent authority shall formally approve the exposition and
issue to the applicant a Form 3 approval certificate, which includes
the approval ratings. The competent authority shall only issue a
certificate when the organisation is in compliance with this
Annex (Part-145).
2. The competent authority shall indicate the conditions of the

approval on the Form 3 approval certificate.
3. The reference number shall be included on the Form 3 approval

145.B.30 Continuation of an approval

The continuation of an approval shall be monitored in accordance with
the applicable ‘initial approval’ process under point 145.B.20. In
addition:
1. The competent authority shall keep and update a program listing the
approved maintenance organisations under its supervision, the dates
when audit visits are due and when such visits were carried out.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 113
▼B
2. Each organisation must be completely reviewed for compliance with
this Annex (Part-145) at periods not exceeding 24 months.
3. A meeting with the accountable manager shall be convened at least

145.B.35 Changes
1. The competent authority shall receive notification from the organi
sation of any proposed change as listed in point 145.A.85.
The competent authority shall comply with the applicable elements

of the initial process points for any change to the organisation.
2. The competent authority may prescribe the conditions under which

organisation may operate during such changes unless it determines
that the approval should be suspended.
145.B.40 Changes to the Maintenance Organisation Exposition

For any change to the Maintenance Organisation Exposition (MOE):
1. In the case of direct approval of the changes in accordance with

point 145.A.70(b), the competent authority shall verify that the
procedures specified in the exposition are in compliance with
Annex II (Part-145) before formally notifying the approved organi
sation of the approval.
2. In the case an indirect approval procedure is used for the approval

of the changes in accordance with point 145.A.70(c), the competent
authority shall ensure (i) that the changes remain minor and (ii) that
it has an adequate control over the approval of the changes to
ensure they remain in compliance with the requirements of
Annex II (Part-145).
145.B.45 Revocation, suspension and limitation of approval

(a) suspend an approval on reasonable grounds in the case of

potential safety threat; or
(b) suspend, revoke or limit an approval pursuant to point 145.B.50.
145.B.50 Findings
non-compliance with the requirements of this Annex (Part-145),

competent authority to revoke, limit or suspend in whole or in
part, depending upon the extent of the level 1 finding, the
maintenance organisation approval, until successful corrective
action has been taken by the organisation.
2. For level 2 findings, the corrective action period granted by the

competent authority must be appropriate to the nature of the
finding but in any case initially must not be more than three
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 114
▼B
months. In certain circumstances and subject to the nature of
the finding the competent authority may extend the three month
period subject to a satisfactory corrective action plan agreed by
whole or part the approval in case of failure to comply within the
timescale granted by the competent authority
1. The competent authority shall establish a system of record-keeping
with minimum retention criteria that allows adequate traceability of
the process to issue, continue, change, suspend or revoke each
individual organisation approval.
2. The records shall include as a minimum:
(a) the application for an organisation approval, including the

continuation thereof.
(b) the competent authority continued oversight program including

all audit records.
(c) the organisation approval certificate including any change

thereto.
(d) a copy of the audit program listing the dates when audits are
(e) copies of all formal correspondence including Form 4 or equiv

alent.
(f) details of any exemption and enforcement action(s).
(g) any other competent authority audit report forms.
(h) maintenance organisation expositions.
3. The minimum retention period for the above records shall be four
years.
4. The competent authority may elect to use either a paper or

computer system or any combination of both subject to appropriate
controls.
145.B.60 Exemptions
All exemptions granted in accordance with Article 10(3) of Regulation
authority
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 115
▼B
Appendix I
Authorised Release Certificate — EASA Form 1
The provisions of Appendix II to Annex I (Part-M) apply.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 116
▼B
Appendix II
Class and Ratings System used for the Approval of Maintenance

Organisations referred to in Annex I (Part-M) Subpart F and Annex II
(Part-145)
The provisions of Appendix IV to Annex I (Part-M) apply.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 117
▼M1
Appendix III
Maintenance Organisation Approval referred to in Annex II (Part-145)

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 118
▼M1
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 119
▼B
Appendix IV
Conditions for the use of staff not qualified in accordance with Annex III
(Part-66) referred to in points 145.A.30(j)1 and 2
1. Certifying staff in compliance with all the following conditions are deemed to
meet the intent of point 145.A.30(j)(1) and (2):
(a) The person shall hold a licence or a certifying staff authorisation issued
under national regulations in full compliance with ICAO Annex 1.
(b) The scope of work of the person shall not exceed the scope of work
defined by the national licence or the certifying staff authorisation,
whatever is the most restrictive.
(c) The person shall demonstrate he/she received the training on human
factors and aviation legislation referred to in modules 9 and 10 of
Appendix I to Annex III (Part-66).
(d) The person shall demonstrate 5 years maintenance experience for line
maintenance certifying staff and 8 years for base maintenance certifying
staff. However, those persons whose authorised tasks do not exceed those
of a Part-66 category A certifying staff, need to demonstrate 3 years
maintenance experience only.
(e) Line maintenance certifying staff and base maintenance support staff shall
demonstrate he/she received type training and passed examination at the
category B1, B2 or B3 level, as applicable, referred to in Appendix III to
Annex III (Part-66) for each aircraft type in the scope of work referred to
in point (b). Those persons whose scope of work does not exceed those of
a category A certifying staff may however receive task training in lieu of
a complete type training.
(f) Base maintenance certifying staff shall demonstrate he/she received type
training and passed examination at the category C level referred to in
Appendix III to Annex III (Part-66) for each aircraft type in the scope
of work referred to in point (b), except that for the first aircraft type,
training and examination shall be at the category B1, B2 or B3 level of
Appendix III.
2. Protected rights
(a) The personnel having privileges before the entry into force of the relevant
requirements of Annex III (Part-66) may continue to exercise them
without the need to comply with points 1(c) to 1(f).
(b) However after that date any certifying staff willing to extend the scope of
their authorisation to include additional privileges shall comply with
point 1.
(c) Notwithstanding point 2(b) above, in the case of additional type training,
compliance with points 1(c) and 1(d) is not required.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 120
▼B
ANNEX III
(Part-66)
CONTENTS
66.1. Competent authority
SUBPART A — AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE LICENCE
66.A.1 Scope
66.A.3 Licence categories
66.A.5 Aircraft groups
66.A.10 Application
66.A.15 Eligibility
66.A.20 Privileges
66.A.25 Basic knowledge requirements
66.A.30 Basic experience requirements
66.A.40 Continued validity of the aircraft maintenance licence
66.A.45 Endorsement with aircraft ratings
66.A.50 Limitations
66.A.55 Evidence of qualification
66.A.70 Conversion provisions
66.B.1 Scope
66.B.25 Mutual exchange of information
66.B.30 Exemptions
SUBPART B — ISSUE OF AN AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE LICENCE
66.B.100 Procedure for the issue of an aircraft maintenance licence by the

competent authority
66.B.105 Procedure for the issue of an aircraft maintenance licence via the
Part-145 approved maintenance organisation
66.B.110 Procedure for the change of an aircraft maintenance licence to include

an additional basic category or subcategory
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 121
▼B
66.B.115 Procedure for the change of an aircraft maintenance licence to include
an aircraft rating or to remove limitations
66.B.120 Procedure for the renewal of an aircraft maintenance licence validity
66.B.125 Procedure for the conversion of licences including group ratings
66.B.130 Procedure for the direct approval of aircraft type training
SUBPART C — EXAMINATIONS
66.B.200 Examination by the competent authority
SUBPART D — CONVERSION OF CERTIFYING STAFF QUALIFI

CATIONS
66.B.300 General
66.B.305 Conversion report for national qualifications
66.B.310 Conversion report for approved maintenance organisations authori

sations
SUBPART E — EXAMINATION CREDITS
66.B.400 General
66.B.405 Examination credit report
66.B.410 Examination credit validity
SUBPART F — CONTINUING OVERSIGHT
66.B.500 Revocation, suspension or limitation of the aircraft maintenance

licence
APPENDICES
Appendix I — Basic knowledge requirements
Appendix II — Basic examination standard
Appendix III — Aircraft type training and examination standard. On the job
training
Appendix IV — Experience requirements for extending an aircraft maintenance

licence
Appendix V — Application Form — EASA Form 19
Appendix VI — Aircraft Maintenance Licence referred to in Annex III (Part-66)
66.1 Competent authority

(a) For the purpose of this Annex (Part-66), the competent authority shall be:
1. the authority designated by the Member State to whom a person first

applies for the issuance of an aircraft maintenance licence; or
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 122
▼B
2. the authority designated by another Member State, in case it would be
different, subject to agreement with the authority referred to in point 1. In
that case, the licence referred to in point 1 shall be revoked, all the
records mentioned in point 66.B.20 shall be transferred and a new
licence shall be issued on the basis of these records.
(b) The Agency shall be responsible for defining:
1. the list of aircraft types; and
2. what airframe/engine combinations are included in each particular aircraft

type rating.
SECTION A
SUBPART A
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE LICENCE
66.A.1 Scope
This section defines the aircraft maintenance licence and establishes the
requirements for application, issue and continuation of its validity.
66.A.3 Licence categories

(a) Aircraft maintenance licences include the following categories:
— Category A
— Category B1
— Category B2
— Category B3
— Category C
(b) Categories A and B1 are subdivided into subcategories relative to

combinations of aeroplanes, helicopters, turbine and piston engines.
These subcategories are:
— A1 and B1.1 Aeroplanes Turbine
— A2 and B1.2 Aeroplanes Piston
— A3 and B1.3 Helicopters Turbine
— A4 and B1.4 Helicopters Piston
(c) Category B3 is applicable to piston-engine non-pressurised aero

planes of 2 000 kg MTOM and below.
66.A.5 Aircraft groups

For the purpose of ratings on aircraft maintenance licences, aircraft shall
be classified in the following groups:
1. Group 1: complex motor-powered aircraft as well as multiple engine

helicopters, aeroplanes with maximum certified operating altitude
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 123
▼B
exceeding FL290, aircraft equipped with fly-by-wire systems and
other aircraft requiring an aircraft type rating when defined so by
the Agency.
2. Group 2: aircraft other than those in Group 1 belonging to the

following subgroups:
— sub-group 2a: single turbo-propeller engine aeroplanes
— sub-group 2b: single turbine engine helicopters
— sub-group 2c: single piston engine helicopters.
3. Group 3: piston engine aeroplanes other than those in Group 1.
66.A.10 Application
(a) An application for an aircraft maintenance licence or change to such
licence shall be made on an EASA Form 19 (see Appendix V) in a
manner established by the competent authority and submitted
thereto.
(b) An application for the change to an aircraft maintenance licence

shall be made to the competent authority of the Member State
that issued the aircraft maintenance licence.
(c) In addition to the documents required in points 66.A.10(a),

66.A.10(b) and 66.B.105, as appropriate, the applicant for additional
basic categories or subcategories to an aircraft maintenance licence
shall submit his/her current original aircraft maintenance licence to
the competent authority together with the EASA Form 19.
(d) Where the applicant for change of the basic categories qualifies for
such change via the procedure referred to in point 66.B.100 in a
Member State other than the Member State which issued the
license, the application shall be sent to the competent authority
referred to in point 66.1.
(e) Where the applicant for change of the basic categories qualifies for
such change via the procedure referred to in point 66.B.105 in a
Member State other than the Member State which issued the
license, the maintenance organisation approved in accordance with
Annex II (Part-145) shall send the aircraft maintenance licence
together with the EASA Form 19 to the competent authority
referred to in point 66.1 for stamp and signature of the change or
reissue of the licence, as appropriate.
(f) Each application shall be supported by documentation to demon

strate compliance with the applicable theoretical knowledge,
practical training and experience requirements at the time of appli
cation.
66.A.15 Eligibility
An applicant for an aircraft maintenance licence shall be at least 18
years of age.
66.A.20 Privileges
(a) The following privileges shall apply:
1. A category A aircraft maintenance licence permits the holder to

issue certificates of release to service following minor scheduled
line maintenance and simple defect rectification within the limits
of tasks specifically endorsed on the certification authorisation
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 124
▼B
referred to in point 145.A.35 of Annex II (Part-145). The certifi
cation privileges shall be restricted to work that the licence
holder has personally performed in the maintenance organisation
that issued the certification authorisation.
2. A category B1 aircraft maintenance licence shall permit the

holder to issue certificates of release to service and to act as
B1 support staff following:
— maintenance performed on aircraft structure, powerplant and

mechanical and electrical systems,
— work on avionic systems requiring only simple tests to prove

their serviceability and not requiring troubleshooting.
Category B1 includes the corresponding A subcategory.

holder:
(i) to issue certificates of release to service and to act as B2

support staff for following:
— maintenance performed on avionic and electrical

systems, and
— electrical and avionics tasks within powerplant and

mechanical systems, requiring only simple tests to
prove their serviceability; and
(ii) to issue certificates of release to service following minor

scheduled line maintenance and simple defect rectification
within the limits of tasks specifically endorsed on the certifi
cation authorisation referred to in point 145.A.35 of Annex
II (Part-145). This certification privilege shall be restricted to
work that the licence holder has personally performed in the
maintenance organisation which issued the certification auth
orisation and limited to the ratings already endorsed in the
B2 licence.
The category B2 licence does not include any A subcategory.

holder to issue certificates of release to service and to act as
B3 support staff for:
— maintenance performed on aeroplane structure, powerplant

and mechanical and electrical systems,
— work on avionic systems requiring only simple tests to prove

their serviceability and not requiring troubleshooting.
5. A category C aircraft maintenance licence shall permit the holder

to issue certificates of release to service following base main
tenance on aircraft. The privileges apply to the aircraft in its
entirety.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 125
▼B
(b) The holder of an aircraft maintenance licence may not exercise its
privileges unless:
1. in compliance with the applicable requirements of Annex I (Part-

M) and Annex II (Part-145); and
2. in the preceding 2-year period he/she has, either had 6 months of

maintenance experience in accordance with the privileges
granted by the aircraft maintenance licence or, met the
provision for the issue of the appropriate privileges; and
3. he/she has the adequate competence to certify maintenance on

the corresponding aircraft; and
4. he/she is able to read, write and communicate to an under

standable level in the language(s) in which the technical docu
mentation and procedures necessary to support the issue of the
certificate of release to service are written.
66.A.25 Basic knowledge requirements

(a) An applicant for an aircraft maintenance licence, or the addition of a
category or subcategory to such a licence, shall demonstrate by
examination a level of knowledge in the appropriate subject
modules in accordance with the Appendix I to Annex III (Part-
66). The examination shall be conducted either by a training organi
sation appropriately approved in accordance with Annex IV (Part-
147) or by the competent authority.
(b) The training courses and examinations shall be passed within 10

years prior to the application for an aircraft maintenance licence or
the addition of a category or subcategory to such aircraft main
tenance licence. Should this not be the case, examination credits
may however be obtained in accordance with point (c).
(c) The applicant may apply to the competent authority for full or
partial examination credit to the basic knowledge requirements for:
1. basic knowledge examinations that do not meet the requirement

described in point (b) above; and
2. any other technical qualification considered by the competent

authority to be equivalent to the knowledge standard of Annex
III (Part-66).
Credits shall be granted in accordance with Subpart E of Section B

of this Annex (Part-66).
(d) Credits expire 10 years after they were granted to the applicant by
the competent authority. The applicant may apply for new credits
after expiration.
66.A.30 Basic experience requirements

(a) An applicant for an aircraft maintenance licence shall have
acquired:
1. for category A, subcategories B1.2 and B1.4 and category B3:
(i) 3 years of practical maintenance experience on operating

aircraft, if the applicant has no previous relevant technical
training; or
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 126
▼B
(ii) 2 years of practical maintenance experience on operating
aircraft and completion of training considered relevant by
the competent authority as a skilled worker, in a technical
trade; or
(iii) 1 year of practical maintenance experience on operating

aircraft and completion of a basic training course
approved in accordance with Annex IV (Part-147);
2. for category B2 and subcategories B1.1 and B1.3:
(i) 5 years of practical maintenance experience on operating

aircraft if the applicant has no previous relevant technical
training; or
(ii) 3 years of practical maintenance experience on operating

aircraft and completion of training considered relevant by
the competent authority as a skilled worker, in a technical
trade; or
(iii) 2 years of practical maintenance experience on operating

aircraft and completion of a basic training course
approved in accordance with Annex IV (Part-147);
▼M2
3. for category C with respect to complex motor-powered aircraft:
(i) 3 years of experience exercising category B1.1, B1.3 or B2

privileges on complex motor-powered aircraft or as support
staff according to point 145.A.35, or, a combination of both;
or
(ii) 5 years of experience exercising category B1.2 or B1.4

privileges on complex motor-powered aircraft or as support
staff according to point 145.A.35, or a combination of both;
4. For category C with respect to other than complex motor-

powered aircraft: 3 years of experience exercising category B1
or B2 privileges on other than complex motor-powered aircraft
or as support staff according to point 145.A.35, or a combination
of both;
▼B
5. for category C obtained through the academic route: an applicant
holding an academic degree in a technical discipline, from a
university or other higher educational institution recognised by
the competent authority, 3 years of experience working in a civil
aircraft maintenance environment on a representative selection of
tasks directly associated with aircraft maintenance including 6
months of observation of base maintenance tasks.
(b) An applicant for an extension to an aircraft maintenance licence

shall have a minimum civil aircraft maintenance experience
requirement appropriate to the additional category or subcategory
of licence applied for as defined in Appendix IV to this Annex
(Part-66).
(c) The experience shall be practical and involve a representative cross

section of maintenance tasks on aircraft.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 127
▼B
(d) At least 1 year of the required experience shall be recent main
tenance experience on aircraft of the category/subcategory for
which the initial aircraft maintenance licence is sought. For
subsequent category/subcategory additions to an existing aircraft
maintenance licence, the additional recent maintenance experience
required may be less than 1 year, but shall be at least 3 months. The
required experience shall be dependent upon the difference between
the licence category/subcategory held and applied for. Such
additional experience shall be typical of the new licence category/
subcategory sought.
(e) Notwithstanding point (a), aircraft maintenance experience gained

outside a civil aircraft maintenance environment shall be accepted
when such maintenance is equivalent to that required by this Annex
(Part-66) as established by the competent authority. Additional
experience of civil aircraft maintenance shall, however, be
required to ensure adequate understanding of the civil aircraft main
tenance environment.
(f) Experience shall have been acquired within the 10 years preceding
the application for an aircraft maintenance licence or the addition of
a category or subcategory to such a licence.
66.A.40 Continued validity of the aircraft maintenance licence

(a) The aircraft maintenance licence becomes invalid 5 years after its
last issue or change, unless the holder submits his/her aircraft main
tenance licence to the competent authority that issued it, in order to
verify that the information contained in the licence is the same as
that contained in the competent authority records, pursuant to point
66.B.120.
(b) The holder of an aircraft maintenance licence shall complete the

relevant parts of EASA Form 19 (see Appendix V) and submit it
with the holder's copy of the licence to the competent authority that
issued the original aircraft maintenance licence, unless the holder
works in a maintenance organisation approved in accordance with
Annex II (Part-145) that has a procedure in its exposition whereby
such organisation may submit the necessary documentation on
behalf of the aircraft maintenance licence holder.
(c) Any certification privilege based upon a aircraft maintenance

licence becomes invalid as soon as the aircraft maintenance
licence is invalid.
(d) The aircraft maintenance licence is only valid (i) when issued and/or
changed by the competent authority and (ii) when the holder has
signed the document.
66.A.45 Endorsement with aircraft ratings

(a) In order to be entitled to exercise certification privileges on a
specific aircraft type, the holder of an aircraft maintenance licence
need to have his/her licence endorsed with the relevant aircraft
ratings.
— For category B1, B2 or C the relevant aircraft ratings are the

following:
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 128
▼B
1. For group 1 aircraft, the appropriate aircraft type rating.
2. For group 2 aircraft, the appropriate aircraft type rating,

manufacturer sub-group rating or full sub-group rating.
3. For group 3 aircraft, the appropriate aircraft type rating or

full group rating.
— For category B3, the relevant rating is ‘piston-engine non-press

urised aeroplanes of 2 000 kg MTOM and below’.
— For category A, no rating is required, subject to compliance

with the requirements of point 145.A.35 of Annex II (Part-145).
(b) The endorsement of aircraft type ratings requires the satisfactory

completion of the relevant category B1, B2 or C aircraft type
training.
(c) In addition to the requirement of point (b), the endorsement of the

first aircraft type rating within a given category/sub-category
requires satisfactory completion of the corresponding On the Job
Training, as described in Appendix III to Annex III (Part-66).
(d) By derogation from points (b) and (c), for group 2 and 3 aircraft,
aircraft type ratings may also be granted after:
— satisfactory completion of the relevant category B1, B2 or C

aircraft type examination described in Appendix III to this
Annex (Part-66), and
— in the case of B1 and B2 category, demonstration of practical

experience on the aircraft type. In that case, the practical
experience shall include a representative cross section of main
tenance activities relevant to the licence category.
In the case of a category C rating for a person qualified by holding

an academic degree as specified in point 66.A.30(a)(5), the first
relevant aircraft type examination shall be at the category B1 or
B2 level.
(e) For group 2 aircraft:
1. the endorsement of manufacturer sub-group ratings for category

B1 and C licence holders requires complying with the aircraft
type rating requirements of at least two aircraft types from the
same manufacturer which combined are representative of the
applicable manufacturer sub-group;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 129
▼B
2. the endorsement of full sub-group ratings for category B1 and C
licence holders requires complying with the aircraft type rating
requirements of at least three aircraft types from different manu
facturers which combined are representative of the applicable
sub-group;
3. the endorsement of manufacturer sub-groups and full sub-group

ratings for category B2 licence holders requires demonstration of
practical experience which shall include a representative cross
section of maintenance activities relevant to the licence
category and to the applicable aircraft sub-group.
(f) For group 3 aircraft:
1. the endorsement of the full group 3 rating for category B1, B2

and C licence holders requires demonstration of practical
experience, which shall include a representative cross section
of maintenance activities relevant to the licence category and
to the group 3.
2. for category B1, unless the applicant provides evidence of appro

priate experience, the group 3 rating shall be subject to the
following limitations, which shall be endorsed on the licence:
— pressurised aeroplanes
— metal structure aeroplanes
— composite structure aeroplanes
— wooden structure aeroplanes
— aeroplanes with metal tubing structure covered with fabric.
(g) For the B3 licence:
1. the endorsement of the rating ‘piston-engine non-pressurised

aeroplanes of 2 000 kg MTOM and below’ requires demon
stration of practical experience which shall include a represen
tative cross-section of maintenance activities relevant to the
licence category.
2. unless the applicant provides evidence of appropriate experience,

the rating referred to in point 1 shall be subject to the following
limitations, which shall be endorsed on the licence:
— wooden structure aeroplanes
— aeroplanes with metal tubing structure covered with fabric
— metal structure aeroplanes
— composite structure aeroplanes.
66.A.50 Limitations
(a) Limitations introduced on an aircraft maintenance licence are
exclusions from the certification privileges and affect the aircraft
in its entirety.
(b) For limitations referred to in point 66.A.45, limitations shall be

removed upon:
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 130
▼B
1. demonstration of appropriate experience; or
2. after a satisfactory practical assessment performed by the

(c) For limitations referred to in point 66.A.70, limitations shall be

removed upon satisfactory completion of examination on those
modules/subjects defined in the applicable conversion report
referred to in point 66.B.300.
66.A.55 Evidence of qualification

Personnel exercising certification privileges as well as support staff shall
produce their licence, as evidence of qualification, within 24 hours upon
request by an authorised person.
66.A.70 Conversion provisions

(a) The holder of a certifying staff qualification valid in a Member
State, prior to the date of entry into force of Annex III (Part-66)
shall be issued an aircraft maintenance licence by the competent
authority of this Member State without further examination subject
to the conditions specified in Section B Subpart D.
(b) A person undergoing a certifying staff qualification process valid in

a Member State, prior to the date of entry into force of Annex III
(Part-66) may continue to be qualified. The holder of a certifying
staff qualification gained following such process shall be issued an
aircraft maintenance licence by the competent authority of this
Member State without further examination subject to the conditions
specified in Section B Subpart D.
(c) Where necessary, the aircraft maintenance licence shall contain limi
tations in accordance with point 66.A.50 to reflect the differences
between (i) the scope of the certifying staff qualification valid in the
Member State before the entry into force of Regulation (EC) No
2042/2003 and (ii) the basic knowledge requirements and the basic
examination standards laid down in Appendix I and II to this Annex
(Part-66).
▼M2
(d) By derogation from point (c), for aircraft not used by licenced air
carriers in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 other
than complex motor-powered aircraft, the aircraft maintenance
licence shall contain limitations in accordance with point 66.A.50
to ensure that the certifying staff privileges valid in the Member
State before the entry into force of this Regulation and the
privileges of the converted Part-66 aircraft maintenance licence
remain the same.
▼B
SECTION B
PROCEDURES FOR COMPETENT AUTHORITIES
SUBPART A
GENERAL
66.B.1 Scope
This section establishes the procedures including the administrative
requirements to be followed by the competent authorities in charge of
the implementation and the enforcement of Section A of this Annex
(Part-66).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 131
▼B
(a) General
revocation of aircraft maintenance licences.
This competent authority shall establish an adequate organisational

structure to ensure compliance with this Annex (Part-66).
(b) Resources
The competent authority shall be appropriately staffed to ensure the
implementation of the requirements of this Annex (Part-66).
(c) Procedures
The competent authority shall establish documented procedures
detailing how compliance with this Annex (Part-66) is accomplished.
These procedures shall be reviewed and amended to ensure continued
compliance.
(a) The competent authority shall establish a system of record-keeping
that allows adequate traceability of the process to issue, revalidate,
change, suspend or revoke each aircraft maintenance licence.
(b) These records shall include for each licence:
1. the application for an aircraft maintenance licence or change to

that licence, including all supporting documentation;
2. a copy of the aircraft maintenance licence including any changes;
3. copies of all relevant correspondence;
4. details of any exemption and enforcement actions;

aircraft maintenance licence holder;
6. the records of examinations conducted by the competent auth

ority;
7. the applicable conversion report used for conversion;
8. the applicable credit report used for crediting.
(c) Records referred to in points 1 to 5 of point (b) shall be kept at least

5 years after the end of the licence validity.
(d) Records referred to in points 6, 7 and 8 of point (b) shall be kept

for an unlimited period.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 132
▼B
66.B.25 Mutual exchange of information
(a) In order to implement the requirement of this Regulation, the
competent authorities shall participate in a mutual exchange of
information in accordance with Article 15 of Regulation (EC) No
216/2008.
(b) Without prejudice to the competencies of the Member States, in the

case of a potential safety threat involving several Member States,
the concerned competent authorities shall assist each other in
carrying out the necessary oversight action.
66.B.30 Exemptions
All exemptions granted in accordance with Article 14.4 of Regulation
authority.
SUBPART B
ISSUE OF AN AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE LICENCE
This Subpart provides the procedures to be followed by the competent authority
to issue, change or continue an aircraft maintenance licence.
66.B.100 Procedure for the issue of an aircraft maintenance licence by the

competent authority
(a) On receipt of EASA Form 19 and any supporting documentation,
the competent authority shall verify EASA Form 19 for
completeness and ensure that the experience claimed meets the
requirement of this Annex (Part-66).
(b) The competent authority shall verify an applicant's examination

status and/or confirm the validity of any credits to ensure that
all required modules of Appendix I have been met as required
by this Annex (Part-66).
(c) When having verified the identity and date of birth of the applicant
and being satisfied that the applicant meets the standards of
knowledge and experience required by this Annex (Part-66), the
competent authority shall issue the relevant aircraft maintenance
licence to the applicant. The same information shall be kept on
competent authority records.
(d) In the case where aircraft types or groups are endorsed at the time
of the issuance of the first aircraft maintenance licence, the
competent authority shall verify compliance with point 66.B.115.
66.B.105 Procedure for the issue of an aircraft maintenance licence via a

maintenance organisation approved in accordance with Annex II
(Part-145)
(a) A maintenance organisation approved in accordance with Annex II
(Part-145), when authorised to carry out this activity by the
competent authority, may (i) prepare the aircraft maintenance
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 133
▼B
licence on behalf of the competent authority or (ii) make recom
mendations to the competent authority regarding the application
from an individual for a aircraft maintenance licence so that the
competent authority may prepare and issue such licence.
(b) Maintenance organisations referred to in point (a) shall ensure

compliance with points 66.B.100 (a) and (b).
(c) In all cases, the aircraft maintenance licence can only be issued to
the applicant by the competent authority.
66.B.110 Procedure for the change of an aircraft maintenance licence to

include an additional basic category or subcategory
(a) At the completion of the procedures specified in points 66.B.100
or 66.B.105, the competent authority shall endorse the additional
basic category or subcategory on the aircraft maintenance licence
by stamp and signature or reissue the licence.
(b) The competent authority record system shall be changed accord

ingly.
66.B.115 Procedure for the change of an aircraft maintenance licence to

include an aircraft rating or to remove limitations
(a) On receipt of a satisfactory EASA Form 19 and any supporting
documentation demonstrating compliance with the requirements of
the applicable rating together with the accompanying aircraft main
tenance licence, the competent authority shall either:
1. endorse the applicant's aircraft maintenance licence with the

applicable aircraft rating; or
2. reissue the said licence to include the applicable aircraft rating;

or
3. remove the applicable limitations in accordance with point

66.A.50.
The competent authority record system shall be changed accord

ingly.
(b) In the case where the complete type training is not conducted by
maintenance training organisation appropriately approved in
accordance with Annex IV (Part-147), the competent authority
shall be satisfied that all type training requirements are complied
with before the type rating is issued.
(c) In the case where the On the Job Training is not required, the
aircraft type rating shall be endorsed based on a Certificate of
Recognition issued by a maintenance training organisation
approved in accordance with Annex IV (part-147).
(d) In the case where the aircraft type training is not covered by a
single course, the competent authority shall be satisfied prior to the
type rating endorsement that the content and length of the courses
fully satisfy the scope of the licence category and that the interface
areas have been appropriately addressed.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 134
▼B
(e) In the case of differences training, the competent authority shall be
satisfied that (i) the applicant's previous qualification, supple
mented by (ii) either a course approved in accordance with
Annex IV (Part-147) or a course directly approved by the
competent authority, are acceptable for type rating endorsement.
(f) Compliance with the practical elements shall be demonstrated (i)

by the provision of detailed practical training records or a logbook
provided by a maintenance organisation appropriately approved in
accordance with Annex II (Part-145) or, where available, (ii) by a
training certificate covering the practical training element issued by
a maintenance training organisation appropriately approved in
accordance with Annex IV (part-147).
(g) Aircraft type endorsement shall use the aircraft type ratings
specified by the Agency.
66.B.120 Procedure for the renewal of an aircraft maintenance licence

validity
(a) The competent authority shall compare the holder's aircraft main
tenance licence with the competent authority records and verify
any pending revocation, suspension or change action pursuant to
point 66.B.500. If the documents are identical and no action is
pending pursuant to point 66.B.500, the holder's copy shall be
renewed for 5 years and the file endorsed accordingly.
(b) If the competent authority records are different from the aircraft
maintenance licence held by the licence holder:
1. the competent authority shall investigate the reasons for such

differences and may choose not to renew the aircraft main
tenance licence.
2. the competent authority shall inform the licence holder and any
known maintenance organisation approved in accordance with
Annex I (Part-M) Subpart F or Annex II (Part-145) that may be
directly affected of such fact.
3. the competent authority shall, if necessary, take action in

accordance with point 66.B.500 to revoke, suspend or change
the licence in question.
66.B.125 Procedure for the conversion of licences including group ratings

(a) Individual aircraft type ratings already endorsed on the aircraft
maintenance licence referred to in point 4 of Article 5 shall
remain on the licence and shall not be converted to new ratings
unless the licence holder fully meets the requirements for
endorsement defined in point 66.A.45 of this Annex (Part-66)
for the corresponding group/sub-group ratings.
(b) The conversion shall be performed in accordance with the

following conversion table:
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 135
▼B
1. for category B1 or C:
— helicopter piston engine, full group: converted to ‘full sub-

group 2c’ plus the aircraft type ratings for those single
piston engine helicopters which are in group 1,
— helicopter piston engine, manufacturer group: converted to

the corresponding ‘manufacturer sub-group 2c’ plus the
aircraft type ratings for those single piston engine heli
copters of that manufacturer which are in group 1,
— helicopter turbine engine, full group: converted to ‘full sub-

group 2b’ plus the aircraft type ratings for those single
turbine engine helicopters which are in group 1,
— helicopter turbine engine, manufacturer group: converted to

the corresponding ‘manufacturer sub-group 2b’ plus the
aircraft type ratings for those single turbine engine heli
copters of that manufacturer which are in group 1,
— aeroplane single piston engine — metal structure, either full

group or manufacturer group: converted to ‘full group 3’.
For the B1 licence the following limitations shall be
included: composite structure aeroplanes, wooden structure
aeroplanes and metal tubing and fabric aeroplanes,
— aeroplane multiple piston engines — metal structure, either

full group or manufacturer group: converted to ‘full group
3’. For the B1 licence the following limitations shall be
included: composite structure aeroplanes, wooden structure
— aeroplane single piston engine — wooden structure, either

included: metal structure aeroplanes, composite structure
— aeroplane multiple piston engine — wooden structure, either

included: metal structure aeroplanes, composite structure
— aeroplane single piston engine — composite structure, either

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 136
▼B
included: metal structure aeroplanes, wooden structure aero
planes and metal tubing and fabric aeroplanes,
— aeroplane multiple piston engine — composite structure,

either full group or manufacturer group: converted to ‘full
group 3’. For the B1 licence the following limitations shall
be included: metal structure aeroplanes, wooden structure
— aeroplane turbine — single engine, full group: converted to

‘full sub-group 2a’ plus the aircraft type ratings for those
single turboprop aeroplanes which did not require an aircraft
type rating in the previous system and are in group 1,
— aeroplane turbine — single engine, manufacturer group:

converted to the corresponding ‘manufacturer sub-group
2a’ plus the aircraft type ratings for those single
turboprop aeroplanes of that manufacturer which did not
require an aircraft type rating in the previous system and
are in group 1,
— aeroplane turbine — multiple engine, full group: converted

to the aircraft type ratings for those multiple turboprop aero
planes which did not require an aircraft type rating in the
previous system;
2. for category B2:
— aeroplane: converted to ‘full sub-group 2a’ and ‘full group

3’, plus the aircraft type ratings for those aeroplanes which
did not require an aircraft type rating in the previous system
and are in group 1,
— helicopter: converted to ‘full sub-groups 2b and 2c’, plus

the aircraft type ratings for those helicopters which did not
require an aircraft type rating in the previous system and are
in group 1;
3. for category C:
— aeroplane: converted to ‘full sub-group 2a’ and ‘full group

3’, plus the aircraft type ratings for those aeroplanes which
did not require an aircraft type rating in the previous system
and are in group 1,
— helicopter: converted to ‘full sub-groups 2b and 2c’, plus

the aircraft type ratings for those helicopters which did not
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 137
▼B
require an aircraft type rating in the previous system and are
in group 1.
(c) If the licence was subject to limitations following the

conversion process referred to in point 66.A.70, these limi
tations shall remain on the licence, unless they are removed
under the conditions defined in the relevant conversion report
referred to in point 66.B.300.
66.B.130 Procedure for the direct approval of aircraft type training

The competent authority may approve aircraft type training not
conducted by a maintenance training organisation approved in
accordance with Annex IV (Part-147), pursuant to point 1 of
Appendix III to this Annex (part-66). In such case the competent
authority shall have a procedure to ensure the aircraft type training
complies with Appendix III of this Annex (Part-66).
SUBPART C
EXAMINATIONS
This Subpart provides the procedures to be followed for the examinations
conducted by the competent authority.
66.B.200 Examination by the competent authority

(a) All examination questions shall be kept in a secure manner prior to
an examination, to ensure that candidates will not know which
particular questions will form the basis of the examination.
(b) The competent authority shall nominate:
1. persons who control the questions to be used for each examin

ation;
2. examiners who shall be present during all examinations to

ensure the integrity of the examination.
(c) Basic examinations shall follow the standard specified in Appendix

I and II to this Annex (Part-66).
(d) Type training examinations and type examinations shall follow the
standard specified in Appendix III to this Annex (Part-66).
(e) New essay questions shall be raised at least every 6 months and
questions already used withdrawn or rested from use. A record of
the questions used shall be retained in the records for reference.
(f) All examination papers shall be handed out at the start of the
examination to the candidate and handed back to the examiner
at the end of the allotted examination time period. No examination
paper may be removed from the examination room during the
allotted examination time period.
(g) Apart from specific documentation needed for type examinations,

only the examination paper may be available to the candidate
during the examination.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 138
▼B
(h) Examination candidates shall be separated from each other so that
they cannot read each other's examination papers. They may not
speak to any person other than the examiner.
(i) Candidates who are proven to be cheating shall be banned from

taking any further examination within 12 months of the date of the
examination in which they were found cheating.
SUBPART D
CONVERSION OF CERTIFYING STAFF QUALIFICATIONS
This Subpart provides the procedures for the conversion of certifying staff
qualifications referred to in point 66.A.70 to aircraft maintenance licences.
66.B.300 General
(a) The competent authority may only convert qualifications (i)
obtained in the Member State for which it is competent, without
prejudice to bilateral agreements and (ii) valid prior to the entry
into force of the applicable requirements of this Annex (Part-66).
(b) The competent authority may only perform the conversion in

accordance with a conversion report established pursuant to
points 66.B.305 or 66.B.310, as applicable.
(c) Conversion reports shall be either (i) developed by the competent

authority or (ii) approved by the competent authority to ensure
compliance with this Annex (Part-66).
(d) Conversion reports together with any change of these shall be kept
on record by the competent authority in accordance with point
66.B.20.
66.B.305 Conversion report for national qualifications

(a) The conversion report for national certifying staff qualifications
shall describe the scope of each type of qualification, including
the associated national licence, if any, the associated privileges and
include a copy of the relevant national regulations defining these.
(b) The conversion report shall show for each type of qualification
referred to in point (a):
1. to which aircraft maintenance licence it will be converted; and
2. which limitations shall be added in accordance with points

66.A.70(c) or (d), as applicable; and
3. the conditions to remove the limitations, specifying the module/

subjects on which examination is needed to remove the limi
tations and obtain a full aircraft maintenance licence, or to
include an additional (sub-) category. This shall include the
modules defined in Appendix III to this Annex (Part-66) not
covered by the national qualification.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 139
▼B
66.B.310 Conversion report for approved maintenance organisations auth
orisations
(a) For each approved maintenance organisation concerned, the
conversion report shall describe the scope of each type of auth
orisation issued by the maintenance organisation and include a
copy of the relevant approved maintenance organisation's
procedures for the qualification and the authorisation of certifying
staff on which the conversion process is based.
(b) The conversion report shall show for each type of authorisation
referred to in point (a):
1. to which aircraft maintenance licence it will be converted, and
2. which limitations shall be added in accordance with points

66.A.70(c) or (d), as applicable, and
3. the conditions to remove the limitations, specifying the module/

subjects on which examination is needed to remove the limi
tations and obtain a full aircraft maintenance licence, or to
include an additional (sub-) category. This shall include the
modules defined in Appendix III to this Annex (Part-66) not
covered by the national qualification.
SUBPART E
EXAMINATION CREDITS
This Subpart provides the procedures for granting examination credits referred to
in point 66.A.25(c).
66.B.400 General
(a) The competent authority may only grant credit on the basis of a
credit report prepared in accordance with point 66.B.405.
(b) The credit report shall be either (i) developed by the competent
authority or (ii) approved by the competent authority to ensure
compliance with this Annex (Part-66).
(c) Credit reports together with any change of these shall be dated and
kept on record by the competent authority in accordance with point
66.B.20.
66.B.405 Examination credit report

(a) The credit report shall include a comparison between:
(i) the modules, sub-modules, subjects and knowledge levels

contained in Appendix I to this Annex (Part-66), as applicable;
and
(ii) the syllabus of the technical qualification concerned relevant to

the particular category being sought.
This comparison shall state if compliance is demonstrated and

contain the justifications for each statement.
(b) Credit for examinations, other than basic knowledge examinations

carried out in maintenance training organisations approved in
accordance with Annex IV (Part-147), can only be granted by
the competent authority of the Member State in which the qualifi
cation has been obtained, without prejudice to bilateral agreements.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 140
▼B
(c) No credit can be granted unless there is a statement of compliance
against each module and sub-module, stating where, in the
technical qualification, the equivalent standard can be found.
(d) The competent authority shall check on a regular basis whether (i)
the national qualification standard or (ii) Appendix I to this Annex
(Part-66) have changed and assess if changes to the credit report
are consequently required. Such changes shall be documented,
dated and recorded.
66.B.410 Examination credit validity

(a) The competent authority shall notify to the applicant in writing any
credits granted together with the reference to the credit report used.
(b) Credits shall expire 10 years after they are granted.
(c) Upon expiration of the credits, the applicant may apply for new
credits. The competent authority shall continue the validity of the
credits for an additional period of 10 years without further
consideration if basic knowledge requirements defined in
Appendix I to this Annex (Part-66) have not been changed.
SUBPART F
CONTINUING OVERSIGHT
This Subpart describes the procedures for the continuing oversight of the aircraft
maintenance licence and in particular for the revocation, suspension or limitation
of the aircraft maintenance licence.
66.B.500 Revocation, suspension or limitation of the aircraft maintenance

licence
The competent authority shall suspend, limit or revoke the aircraft
maintenance licence where it has identified a safety issue or if it has
clear evidence that the person has carried out or been involved in one
or more of the following activities:
1. obtaining the aircraft maintenance licence and/or the certification

privileges by falsification of documentary evidence;
2. failing to carry out requested maintenance combined with failure to

report such fact to the organisation or person who requested the
maintenance;
3. failing to carry out required maintenance resulting from own

inspection combined with failure to report such fact to the organi
sation or person for whom the maintenance was intended to be
carried out;
4. negligent maintenance;
5. falsification of the maintenance record;
6. issuing a certificate of release to service knowing that the main

tenance specified on the certificate of release to service has not
been carried out or without verifying that such maintenance has
been carried out;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 141
▼B
7. carrying out maintenance or issuing a certificate of release to
service when adversely affected by alcohol or drugs;
8. issuing certificate of release to service while not in compliance with

Annex I (Part-M), Annex II (Part-145) or Annex III (Part-66).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 142
▼B
Appendix I
Basic Knowledge Requirements
1. Knowledge levels for Category A, B1, B2, B3 and C Aircraft Maintenance

Licence
Basic knowledge for categories A, B1, B2 and B3 are indicated by knowledge
levels (1, 2 or 3) against each applicable subject. Category C applicants shall
meet either the category B1 or the category B2 basic knowledge levels.
The knowledge level indicators are defined on 3 levels as follows:
— LEVEL 1: A familiarisation with the principal elements of the subject.
Objectives:
(a) The applicant should be familiar with the basic elements of the
subject.
(b) The applicant should be able to give a simple description of the whole
subject, using common words and examples.
(c) The applicant should be able to use typical terms.
— LEVEL 2: A general knowledge of the theoretical and practical aspects of

the subject and an ability to apply that knowledge.
Objectives:
(a) The applicant should be able to understand the theoretical funda

mentals of the subject.
(b) The applicant should be able to give a general description of the

subject using, as appropriate, typical examples.
(c) The applicant should be able to use mathematical formulae in

conjunction with physical laws describing the subject.
(d) The applicant should be able to read and understand sketches,

drawings and schematics describing the subject.
(e) The applicant should be able to apply his knowledge in a practical

manner using detailed procedures.
— LEVEL 3: A detailed knowledge of the theoretical and practical aspects of

the subject and a capacity to combine and apply the separate elements of
knowledge in a logical and comprehensive manner.
Objectives:
(a) The applicant should know the theory of the subject and interre
lationships with other subjects.
(b) The applicant should be able to give a detailed description of the

subject using theoretical fundamentals and specific examples.
(c) The applicant should understand and be able to use mathematical

formulae related to the subject.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 143
▼B
(d) The applicant should be able to read, understand and prepare sketches,
simple drawings and schematics describing the subject.
(e) The applicant should be able to apply his knowledge in a practical

manner using manufacturer's instructions.
(f) The applicant should be able to interpret results from various sources
and measurements and apply corrective action where appropriate.
2. Modularisation
Qualification on basic subjects for each aircraft maintenance licence category
or subcategory should be in accordance with the following matrix, where
applicable subjects are indicated by an ‘X’:
A or B1 aeroplane with: A or B1 helicopter with: B2 B3
Piston-engine non-
Subject module
pressurised aero
Turbine engine(s) Piston engine(s) Turbine engine(s) Piston engine(s) Avionics
planes 2 000 kg
MTOM and below
1 X X X X X X
2 X X X X X X
3 X X X X X X
4 X X X X X X
5 X X X X X X
6 X X X X X X
7A X X X X X
7B X
8 X X X X X X
9A X X X X X
9B X
10 X X X X X X
11A X
11B X
11C X
12 X X
13 X
14 X
15 X X
16 X X X
17A X X
17B X
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 144
▼B
MODULE 1. MATHEMATICS
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
1.1 Arithmetic 1 2 2 2
Arithmetical terms and signs, methods of multiplication and division, fractions and
decimals, factors and multiples, weights, measures and conversion factors, ratio and
proportion, averages and percentages, areas and volumes, squares, cubes, square and
cube roots.
1.2 Algebra
(a) Evaluating simple algebraic expressions, addition, subtraction, multiplication and 1 2 2 2

division, use of brackets, simple algebraic fractions;
(b) Linear equations and their solutions; — 1 1 1

Indices and powers, negative and fractional indices;
Binary and other applicable numbering systems;
Simultaneous equations and second degree equations with one unknown;
Logarithms.
1.3 Geometry
(a) Simple geometrical constructions; — 1 1 1
(b) Graphical representation; nature and uses of graphs, graphs of equations/functions; 2 2 2 2
(c) Simple trigonometry; trigonometrical relationships, use of tables and rectangular — 2 2 2

and polar coordinates.
MODULE 2. PHYSICS
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
2.1 Matter 1 1 1 1
Nature of matter: the chemical elements, structure of atoms, molecules;
Chemical compounds;
States: solid, liquid and gaseous;
Changes between states.
2.2 Mechanics
2.2.1 Statics 1 2 1 1
Forces, moments and couples, representation as vectors;
Centre of gravity;
Elements of theory of stress, strain and elasticity: tension, compression, shear and
torsion;
Nature and properties of solid, fluid and gas;
Pressure and buoyancy in liquids (barometers).
2.2.2 Kinetics 1 2 1 1
Linear movement: uniform motion in a straight line, motion under constant accel
eration (motion under gravity);
Rotational movement: uniform circular motion (centrifugal/centripetal forces);

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 145
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
Periodic motion: pendular movement;
Simple theory of vibration, harmonics and resonance;
Velocity ratio, mechanical advantage and efficiency.
2.2.3 Dynamics
(a) Mass; 1 2 1 1
Force, inertia, work, power, energy (potential, kinetic and total energy), heat,
efficiency;
(b) Momentum, conservation of momentum; 1 2 2 1

Impulse;
Gyroscopic principles;
Friction: nature and effects, coefficient of friction (rolling resistance).
2.2.4 Fluid dynamics
(a) Specific gravity and density; 2 2 2 2
(b) Viscosity, fluid resistance, effects of streamlining; 1 2 1 1

Effects of compressibility on fluids;
Static, dynamic and total pressure: Bernoulli's Theorem, venturi.
2.3 Thermodynamics
(a) Temperature: thermometers and temperature scales: Celsius, Fahrenheit and 2 2 2 2

Kelvin; Heat definition;
(b) Heat capacity, specific heat; — 2 2 1
Heat transfer: convection, radiation and conduction;
Volumetric expansion;
First and second law of thermodynamics;
Gases: ideal gases laws; specific heat at constant volume and constant pressure,
work done by expanding gas;
Isothermal, adiabatic expansion and compression, engine cycles, constant volume

and constant pressure, refrigerators and heat pumps;
Latent heats of fusion and evaporation, thermal energy, heat of combustion.
2.4 Optics (Light) — 2 2 —
Nature of light; speed of light;
Laws of reflection and refraction: reflection at plane surfaces, reflection by spherical

mirrors, refraction, lenses;
Fibre optics.
2.5 Wave Motion and Sound — 2 2 —
Wave motion: mechanical waves, sinusoidal wave motion, interference phenomena,

standing waves;
Sound: speed of sound, production of sound, intensity, pitch and quality, Doppler
effect.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 146
▼B
MODULE 3. ELECTRICAL FUNDAMENTALS
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
3.1 Electron Theory 1 1 1 1
Structure and distribution of electrical charges within: atoms, molecules, ions,

compounds;
Molecular structure of conductors, semiconductors and insulators.
3.2 Static Electricity and Conduction 1 2 2 1
Static electricity and distribution of electrostatic charges;
Electrostatic laws of attraction and repulsion;
Units of charge, Coulomb's Law;
Conduction of electricity in solids, liquids, gases and a vacuum.
3.3 Electrical Terminology 1 2 2 1
The following terms, their units and factors affecting them: potential difference, elec
tromotive force, voltage, current, resistance, conductance, charge, conventional current
flow, electron flow.
3.4 Generation of Electricity 1 1 1 1
Production of electricity by the following methods: light, heat, friction, pressure,

chemical action, magnetism and motion.
3.5 DC Sources of Electricity 1 2 2 2
Construction and basic chemical action of: primary cells, secondary cells, lead acid
cells, nickel cadmium cells, other alkaline cells;
Cells connected in series and parallel;
Internal resistance and its effect on a battery;
Construction, materials and operation of thermocouples;
Operation of photo-cells.
3.6 DC Circuits — 2 2 1
Ohms Law, Kirchoff's Voltage and Current Laws;
Calculations using the above laws to find resistance, voltage and current;
Significance of the internal resistance of a supply.
3.7 Resistance/Resistor
(a) Resistance and affecting factors; — 2 2 1
Specific resistance;
Resistor colour code, values and tolerances, preferred values, wattage ratings;
Resistors in series and parallel;
Calculation of total resistance using series, parallel and series parallel

combinations;
Operation and use of potentiometers and rheostats;
Operation of Wheatstone Bridge;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 147
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
(b) Positive and negative temperature coefficient conductance; — 1 1 —
Fixed resistors, stability, tolerance and limitations, methods of construction;
Variable resistors, thermistors, voltage dependent resistors;
Construction of potentiometers and rheostats;
Construction of Wheatstone Bridge.
3.8 Power — 2 2 1
Power, work and energy (kinetic and potential);
Dissipation of power by a resistor;
Power formula;
Calculations involving power, work and energy.
3.9 Capacitance/Capacitor — 2 2 1
Operation and function of a capacitor;
Factors affecting capacitance area of plates, distance between plates, number of plates,
dielectric and dielectric constant, working voltage, voltage rating;
Capacitor types, construction and function;
Capacitor colour coding;
Calculations of capacitance and voltage in series and parallel circuits;
Exponential charge and discharge of a capacitor, time constants;
Testing of capacitors.
3.10 Magnetism
(a) Theory of magnetism; — 2 2 1
Properties of a magnet;
Action of a magnet suspended in the Earth's magnetic field;
Magnetisation and demagnetisation;
Magnetic shielding;
Various types of magnetic material;
Electromagnets construction and principles of operation;
Hand clasp rules to determine: magnetic field around current carrying conductor;
(b) Magnetomotive force, field strength, magnetic flux density, permeability, — 2 2 1

hysteresis loop, retentivity, coercive force reluctance, saturation point, eddy
currents;
Precautions for care and storage of magnets.
3.11 Inductance/Inductor — 2 2 1
Faraday's Law;
Action of inducing a voltage in a conductor moving in a magnetic field;
Induction principles;
Effects of the following on the magnitude of an induced voltage: magnetic field

strength, rate of change of flux, number of conductor turns;
Mutual induction;
The effect the rate of change of primary current and mutual inductance has on induced
voltage;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 148
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
Factors affecting mutual inductance: number of turns in coil, physical size of coil,
permeability of coil, position of coils with respect to each other;
Lenz's Law and polarity determining rules;
Back emf, self induction;
Saturation point;
Principle uses of inductors.
3.12 DC Motor/Generator Theory — 2 2 1
Basic motor and generator theory;
Construction and purpose of components in DC generator;
Operation of, and factors affecting output and direction of current flow in DC gener
ators;
Operation of, and factors affecting output power, torque, speed and direction of
rotation of DC motors;
Series wound, shunt wound and compound motors;
Starter Generator construction.
3.13 AC Theory 1 2 2 1
Sinusoidal waveform: phase, period, frequency, cycle;
Instantaneous, average, root mean square, peak, peak to peak current values and
calculations of these values, in relation to voltage, current and power;
Triangular/Square waves;
Single/3 phase principles.
3.14 Resistive (R), Capacitive (C) and Inductive (L) Circuits — 2 2 1
Phase relationship of voltage and current in L, C and R circuits, parallel, series and
series parallel;
Power dissipation in L, C and R circuits;
Impedance, phase angle, power factor and current calculations;
True power, apparent power and reactive power calculations.
3.15 Transformers — 2 2 1
Transformer construction principles and operation;
Transformer losses and methods for overcoming them;
Transformer action under load and no-load conditions;
Power transfer, efficiency, polarity markings;
Calculation of line and phase voltages and currents;
Calculation of power in a three phase system;
Primary and Secondary current, voltage, turns ratio, power, efficiency;
Auto transformers.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 149
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
3.16 Filters — 1 1 —
Operation, application and uses of the following filters: low pass, high pass, band
pass, band stop.
3.17 AC Generators — 2 2 1
Rotation of loop in a magnetic field and waveform produced;
Operation and construction of revolving armature and revolving field type AC gener
ators;
Single phase, two phase and three phase alternators;
Three phase star and delta connections advantages and uses;
Permanent Magnet Generators.
3.18 AC Motors — 2 2 1
Construction, principles of operation and characteristics of: AC synchronous and

induction motors both single and polyphase;
Methods of speed control and direction of rotation;
Methods of producing a rotating field: capacitor, inductor, shaded or split pole.
MODULE 4. ELECTRONIC FUNDAMENTALS
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
4.1 Semiconductors
4.1.1 Diodes
(a) Diode symbols; — 2 2 1
Diode characteristics and properties;
Diodes in series and parallel;
Main characteristics and use of silicon controlled rectifiers (thyristors), light

emitting diode, photo conductive diode, varistor, rectifier diodes;
Functional testing of diodes.
(b) Materials, electron configuration, electrical properties; — — 2 —
P and N type materials: effects of impurities on conduction, majority and

minority characters;
PN junction in a semiconductor, development of a potential across a PN junction

in unbiased, forward biased and reverse biased conditions;
Diode parameters: peak inverse voltage, maximum forward current, temperature,

frequency, leakage current, power dissipation;
Operation and function of diodes in the following circuits: clippers, clampers, full
and half wave rectifiers, bridge rectifiers, voltage doublers and triplers;
Detailed operation and characteristics of the following devices: silicon controlled

rectifier (thyristor), light emitting diode, Schottky diode, photo conductive diode,
varactor diode, varistor, rectifier diodes, Zener diode.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 150
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
4.1.2 Transistors
(a) Transistor symbols; — 1 2 1
Component description and orientation;
Transistor characteristics and properties.
(b) Construction and operation of PNP and NPN transistors; — — 2 —
Base, collector and emitter configurations;
Testing of transistors;
Basic appreciation of other transistor types and their uses;
Application of transistors: classes of amplifier (A, B, C);
Simple circuits including: bias, decoupling, feedback and stabilisation;
Multistage circuit principles: cascades, push-pull, oscillators, multivibrators, flip-

flop circuits.
4.1.3 Integrated Circuits
(a) Description and operation of logic circuits and linear circuits/operational ampli — 1 — 1
fiers;
(b) Description and operation of logic circuits and linear circuits; — — 2 —
Introduction to operation and function of an operational amplifier used as: inte

grator, differentiator, voltage follower, comparator;
Operation and amplifier stages connecting methods: resistive capacitive, inductive

(transformer), inductive resistive (IR), direct;
Advantages and disadvantages of positive and negative feedback.
4.2 Printed Circuit Boards — 1 2 —
Description and use of printed circuit boards.
4.3 Servomechanisms
(a) Understanding of the following terms: Open and closed loop systems, feedback, — 1 — —
follow up, analogue transducers;
Principles of operation and use of the following synchro system components/

features: resolvers, differential, control and torque, transformers, inductance and
capacitance transmitters;
(b) Understanding of the following terms: Open and closed loop, follow up, servo — — 2 —
mechanism, analogue, transducer, null, damping, feedback, deadband;
Construction operation and use of the following synchro system components:

resolvers, differential, control and torque, E and I transformers, inductance trans
mitters, capacitance transmitters, synchronous transmitters;
Servomechanism defects, reversal of synchro leads, hunting.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 151
▼B
MODULE 5. DIGITAL TECHNIQUES/ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS
LEVEL
B1-1 B1-2
A B2 B3
B1-3 B1-4
5.1 Electronic Instrument Systems 1 2 2 3 1
Typical systems arrangements and cockpit layout of electronic instrument

systems.
5.2 Numbering Systems — 1 — 2 —
Numbering systems: binary, octal and hexadecimal;
Demonstration of conversions between the decimal and binary, octal and

hexadecimal systems and vice versa.
5.3 Data Conversion — 1 — 2 —
Analogue Data, Digital Data;
Operation and application of analogue to digital, and digital to analogue

converters, inputs and outputs, limitations of various types.
5.4 Data Buses — 2 — 2 —
Operation of data buses in aircraft systems, including knowledge of ARINC and

other specifications.
Aircraft Network/Ethernet.
5.5 Logic Circuits
(a) Identification of common logic gate symbols, tables and equivalent circuits; — 2 — 2 1
Applications used for aircraft systems, schematic diagrams.
(b) Interpretation of logic diagrams. — — — 2 —
5.6 Basic Computer Structure
(a) Computer terminology (including bit, byte, software, hardware, CPU, IC, 1 2 — — —
and various memory devices such as RAM, ROM, PROM);
Computer technology (as applied in aircraft systems).
(b) Computer related terminology; — — — 2 —

Operation, layout and interface of the major components in a micro
computer including their associated bus systems;
Information contained in single and multiaddress instruction words;
Memory associated terms;
Operation of typical memory devices;
Operation, advantages and disadvantages of the various data storage
systems.
5.7 Microprocessors — — — 2 —
Functions performed and overall operation of a microprocessor;
Basic operation of each of the following microprocessor elements: control and

processing unit, clock, register, arithmetic logic unit.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 152
▼B
LEVEL
B1-1 B1-2
A B2 B3
B1-3 B1-4
5.8 Integrated Circuits — — — 2 —
Operation and use of encoders and decoders;
Function of encoder types;
Uses of medium, large and very large scale integration.
5.9 Multiplexing — — — 2 —
Operation, application and identification in logic diagrams of multiplexers and

demultiplexers.
5.10 Fibre Optics — 1 1 2 —
Advantages and disadvantages of fibre optic data transmission over electrical

wire propagation;
Fibre optic data bus;
Fibre optic related terms;
Terminations;
Couplers, control terminals, remote terminals;
Application of fibre optics in aircraft systems.
5.11 Electronic Displays — 2 1 2 1
Principles of operation of common types of displays used in modern aircraft,

including Cathode Ray Tubes, Light Emitting Diodes and Liquid Crystal
Display.
5.12 Electrostatic Sensitive Devices 1 2 2 2 1
Special handling of components sensitive to electrostatic discharges;
Awareness of risks and possible damage, component and personnel anti-static

protection devices.
5.13 Software Management Control — 2 1 2 1
Awareness of restrictions, airworthiness requirements and possible catastrophic

effects of unapproved changes to software programmes.
5.14 Electromagnetic Environment — 2 2 2 1
Influence of the following phenomena on maintenance practices for electronic

system:
EMC-Electromagnetic Compatibility
EMI-Electromagnetic Interference
HIRF-High Intensity Radiated Field
Lightning/lightning protection.
5.15 Typical Electronic/Digital Aircraft Systems — 2 2 2 1

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 153
▼B
LEVEL
B1-1 B1-2
A B2 B3
B1-3 B1-4
General arrangement of typical electronic/digital aircraft systems and associated

BITE (Built In Test Equipment) such as:
(a) For B1 and B2 only:
ACARS-ARINC Communication and Addressing and Reporting System
EICAS-Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System
FBW-Fly-by-Wire
FMS-Flight Management System
IRS-Inertial Reference System;
(b) For B1, B2 and B3:
ECAM-Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitoring
EFIS-Electronic Flight Instrument System
GPS-Global Positioning System
TCAS-Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System
Integrated Modular Avionics
Cabin Systems
Information Systems.
MODULE 6. MATERIALS AND HARDWARE
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
6.1 Aircraft Materials — Ferrous
(a) Characteristics, properties and identification of common alloy steels used in 1 2 1 2

aircraft;
Heat treatment and application of alloy steels.
(b) Testing of ferrous materials for hardness, tensile strength, fatigue strength and — 1 1 1
impact resistance.
6.2 Aircraft Materials — Non-Ferrous
(a) Characteristics, properties and identification of common non-ferrous materials used 1 2 1 2

in aircraft;
Heat treatment and application of non-ferrous materials;
(b) Testing of non-ferrous material for hardness, tensile strength, fatigue strength and — 1 1 1
impact resistance.
6.3 Aircraft Materials — Composite and Non-Metallic
6.3.1 Composite and non-metallic other than wood and fabric
(a) Characteristics, properties and identification of common composite and non- 1 2 2 2

metallic materials, other than wood, used in aircraft;
Sealant and bonding agents;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 154
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
(b) The detection of defects/deterioration in composite and non-metallic material; 1 2 — 2
Repair of composite and non-metallic material.
6.3.2 Wooden structures 1 2 — 2
Construction methods of wooden airframe structures;
Characteristics, properties and types of wood and glue used in aeroplanes;
Preservation and maintenance of wooden structure;
Types of defects in wood material and wooden structures;
The detection of defects in wooden structure;
Repair of wooden structure.
6.3.3 Fabric covering 1 2 — 2
Characteristics, properties and types of fabrics used in aeroplanes;
Inspections methods for fabric;
Types of defects in fabric;
Repair of fabric covering.
6.4 Corrosion
(a) Chemical fundamentals; 1 1 1 1
Formation by, galvanic action process, microbiological, stress;
(b) Types of corrosion and their identification; 2 3 2 2
Causes of corrosion;
Material types, susceptibility to corrosion.
6.5 Fasteners
6.5.1 Screw threads 2 2 2 2
Screw nomenclature;
Thread forms, dimensions and tolerances for standard threads used in aircraft;
Measuring screw threads.
6.5.2 Bolts, studs and screws 2 2 2 2
Bolt types: specification, identification and marking of aircraft bolts, international

standards;
Nuts: self locking, anchor, standard types;
Machine screws: aircraft specifications;
Studs: types and uses, insertion and removal;
Self tapping screws, dowels.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 155
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
6.5.3 Locking devices 2 2 2 2
Tab and spring washers, locking plates, split pins, pal-nuts, wire locking, quick release
fasteners, keys, circlips, cotter pins.
6.5.4 Aircraft rivets 1 2 1 2
Types of solid and blind rivets: specifications and identification, heat treatment.
6.6 Pipes and Unions
(a) Identification of, and types of rigid and flexible pipes and their connectors used in 2 2 2 2
aircraft;
(b) Standard unions for aircraft hydraulic, fuel, oil, pneumatic and air system pipes. 2 2 1 2
6.7 Springs — 2 1 1
Types of springs, materials, characteristics and applications.
6.8 Bearings 1 2 2 1
Purpose of bearings, loads, material, construction;
Types of bearings and their application.
6.9 Transmissions 1 2 2 1
Gear types and their application;
Gear ratios, reduction and multiplication gear systems, driven and driving gears, idler
gears, mesh patterns;
Belts and pulleys, chains and sprockets.
6.10 Control Cables 1 2 1 2
Types of cables;
End fittings, turnbuckles and compensation devices;
Pulleys and cable system components;
Bowden cables;
Aircraft flexible control systems.
6.11 Electrical Cables and Connectors 1 2 2 2
Cable types, construction and characteristics;
High tension and co-axial cables;
Crimping;
Connector types, pins, plugs, sockets, insulators, current and voltage rating, coupling,
identification codes.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 156
▼B
MODULE 7A. MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

Note: This module does not apply to category B3. Relevant subject matters for category B3 are defined in module 7B.
LEVEL
A B1 B2
7.1 Safety Precautions-Aircraft and Workshop 3 3 3
Aspects of safe working practices including precautions to take when working with elec
tricity, gases especially oxygen, oils and chemicals.
Also, instruction in the remedial action to be taken in the event of a fire or another accident
with one or more of these hazards including knowledge on extinguishing agents.
7.2 Workshop Practices 3 3 3
Care of tools, control of tools, use of workshop materials;
Dimensions, allowances and tolerances, standards of workmanship;
Calibration of tools and equipment, calibration standards.
7.3 Tools 3 3 3
Common hand tool types;
Common power tool types;
Operation and use of precision measuring tools;
Lubrication equipment and methods.
Operation, function and use of electrical general test equipment.
7.4 Avionic General Test Equipment — 2 3
Operation, function and use of avionic general test equipment.
7.5 Engineering Drawings, Diagrams and Standards 1 2 2
Drawing types and diagrams, their symbols, dimensions, tolerances and projections;
Identifying title block information;
Microfilm, microfiche and computerised presentations;
Specification 100 of the Air Transport Association (ATA) of America;
Aeronautical and other applicable standards including ISO, AN, MS, NAS and MIL;
Wiring diagrams and schematic diagrams.
7.6 Fits and Clearances 1 2 1
Drill sizes for bolt holes, classes of fits;
Common system of fits and clearances;
Schedule of fits and clearances for aircraft and engines;
Limits for bow, twist and wear;
Standard methods for checking shafts, bearings and other parts.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 157
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2
7.7 Electrical Wiring Interconnection System (EWIS) 1 3 3
Continuity, insulation and bonding techniques and testing;
Use of crimp tools: hand and hydraulic operated;
Testing of crimp joints;
Connector pin removal and insertion;
Co-axial cables: testing and installation precautions;
Identification of wire types, their inspection criteria and damage tolerance.
Wiring protection techniques: Cable looming and loom support, cable clamps, protective
sleeving techniques including heat shrink wrapping, shielding;
EWIS installations, inspection, repair, maintenance and cleanliness standards.
7.8 Riveting 1 2 —
Riveted joints, rivet spacing and pitch;
Tools used for riveting and dimpling;
Inspection of riveted joints.
7.9 Pipes and Hoses 1 2 —
Bending and belling/flaring aircraft pipes;
Inspection and testing of aircraft pipes and hoses;
Installation and clamping of pipes.
7.10 Springs 1 2 —
Inspection and testing of springs.
7.11 Bearings 1 2 —
Testing, cleaning and inspection of bearings;
Lubrication requirements of bearings;
Defects in bearings and their causes.
7.12 Transmissions 1 2 —
Inspection of gears, backlash;
Inspection of belts and pulleys, chains and sprockets;
Inspection of screw jacks, lever devices, push-pull rod systems.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 158
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2
7.13 Control Cables 1 2 —
Swaging of end fittings;
Inspection and testing of control cables;
Bowden cables; aircraft flexible control systems.
7.14 Material handling
7.14.1 Sheet Metal — 2 —
Marking out and calculation of bend allowance;
Sheet metal working, including bending and forming;
Inspection of sheet metal work.
7.14.2 Composite and non-metallic — 2 —
Bonding practices;
Environmental conditions;
Inspection methods.
7.15 Welding, Brazing, Soldering and Bonding
(a) Soldering methods; inspection of soldered joints. — 2 2
(b) Welding and brazing methods; — 2 —
Inspection of welded and brazed joints;
Bonding methods and inspection of bonded joints.
7.16 Aircraft Weight and Balance
(a) Centre of Gravity/Balance limits calculation: use of relevant documents; — 2 2
(b) Preparation of aircraft for weighing; — 2 —
Aircraft weighing.
7.17 Aircraft Handling and Storage 2 2 2
Aircraft taxiing/towing and associated safety precautions;
Aircraft jacking, chocking, securing and associated safety precautions;
Aircraft storage methods;
Refuelling/defuelling procedures;
De-icing/anti-icing procedures;
Electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic ground supplies.
Effects of environmental conditions on aircraft handling and operation.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 159
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2
7.18 Disassembly, Inspection, Repair and Assembly Techniques
(a) Types of defects and visual inspection techniques; 2 3 3
Corrosion removal, assessment and reprotection;
(b) General repair methods, Structural Repair Manual; — 2 —
Ageing, fatigue and corrosion control programmes;
(c) Non-destructive inspection techniques including, penetrant, radiographic, eddy current, — 2 1

ultrasonic and boroscope methods;
(d) Disassembly and re-assembly techniques; 2 2 2
(e) Trouble shooting techniques. — 2 2
7.19 Abnormal Events
(a) Inspections following lightning strikes and HIRF penetration; 2 2 2
(b) Inspections following abnormal events such as heavy landings and flight through 2 2 —
turbulence.
7.20 Maintenance Procedures 1 2 2
Maintenance planning;
Modification procedures;
Stores procedures;
Certification/release procedures;
Interface with aircraft operation;
Maintenance Inspection/Quality Control/Quality Assurance;
Additional maintenance procedures;
Control of life limited components.
MODULE 7B. MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

Note: The scope of this module shall reflect the technology of aeroplanes relevant to the B3 category.
LEVEL
B3
7.1 Safety Precautions-Aircraft and Workshop 3
Aspects of safe working practices including precautions to take when working with electricity,
gases especially oxygen, oils and chemicals.
Also, instruction in the remedial action to be taken in the event of a fire or another accident with
one or more of these hazards including knowledge on extinguishing agents.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 160
▼B
LEVEL
B3
7.2 Workshop Practices 3
Care of tools, control of tools, use of workshop materials;
Dimensions, allowances and tolerances, standards of workmanship;
Calibration of tools and equipment, calibration standards.
7.3 Tools 3
Common hand tool types;
Common power tool types;
Operation and use of precision measuring tools;
Lubrication equipment and methods;
Operation, function and use of electrical general test equipment.
7.4 Avionic General Test Equipment —
Operation, function and use of avionic general test equipment.
7.5 Engineering Drawings, Diagrams and Standards 2
Drawing types and diagrams, their symbols, dimensions, tolerances and projections;
Identifying title block information;
Microfilm, microfiche and computerised presentations;
Specification 100 of the Air Transport Association (ATA) of America;
Aeronautical and other applicable standards including ISO, AN, MS, NAS and MIL;
Wiring diagrams and schematic diagrams.
7.6 Fits and Clearances 2
Drill sizes for bolt holes, classes of fits;
Common system of fits and clearances;
Schedule of fits and clearances for aircraft and engines;
Limits for bow, twist and wear;
Standard methods for checking shafts, bearings and other parts.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 161
▼B
LEVEL
B3
7.7 Electrical Cables and Connectors 2
Continuity, insulation and bonding techniques and testing;
Use of crimp tools: hand and hydraulic operated;
Testing of crimp joints;
Connector pin removal and insertion;
Co-axial cables: testing and installation precautions;
Wiring protection techniques: Cable looming and loom support, cable clamps, protective
sleeving techniques including heat shrink wrapping, shielding.
7.8 Riveting 2
Riveted joints, rivet spacing and pitch;
Tools used for riveting and dimpling;
Inspection of riveted joints.
7.9 Pipes and Hoses 2
Bending and belling/flaring aircraft pipes;
Inspection and testing of aircraft pipes and hoses;
Installation and clamping of pipes.
7.10 Springs 1
Inspection and testing of springs.
7.11 Bearings 2
Testing, cleaning and inspection of bearings;
Lubrication requirements of bearings;
Defects in bearings and their causes.
7.12 Transmissions 2
Inspection of gears, backlash;
Inspection of belts and pulleys, chains and sprockets;
Inspection of screw jacks, lever devices, push-pull rod systems.
7.13 Control Cables 2
Swaging of end fittings;
Inspection and testing of control cables;
Bowden cables; aircraft flexible control systems.
7.14 Material handling
7.14.1 Sheet Metal 2
Marking out and calculation of bend allowance;
Sheet metal working, including bending and forming;
Inspection of sheet metal work.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 162
▼B
LEVEL
B3
7.14.2 Composite and non-metallic 2
Bonding practices;
Environmental conditions;
Inspection methods.
7.15 Welding, Brazing, Soldering and Bonding
(a) Soldering methods; inspection of soldered joints; 2
(b) Welding and brazing methods; 2
Inspection of welded and brazed joints;
Bonding methods and inspection of bonded joints.
7.16 Aircraft Weight and Balance
(a) Centre of Gravity/Balance limits calculation: use of relevant documents; 2
(b) Preparation of aircraft for weighing; 2
Aircraft weighing.
7.17 Aircraft Handling and Storage 2
Aircraft taxiing/towing and associated safety precautions;
Aircraft jacking, chocking, securing and associated safety precautions;
Aircraft storage methods;
Refuelling/defuelling procedures;
De-icing/anti-icing procedures;
Electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic ground supplies;
Effects of environmental conditions on aircraft handling and operation.
7.18 Disassembly, Inspection, Repair and Assembly Techniques
(a) Types of defects and visual inspection techniques; 3
Corrosion removal, assessment and reprotection;
(b) General repair methods, Structural Repair Manual; 2
Ageing, fatigue and corrosion control programmes;
(c) Non-destructive inspection techniques including, penetrant, radiographic, eddy current, 2

ultrasonic and boroscope methods;
(d) Disassembly and re-assembly techniques; 2
(e) Trouble shooting techniques. 2
7.19 Abnormal Events
(a) Inspections following lightning strikes and HIRF penetration. 2
(b) Inspections following abnormal events such as heavy landings and flight through turbulence. 2
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 163
▼B
LEVEL
B3
7.20 Maintenance Procedures 2
Maintenance planning;
Modification procedures;
Stores procedures;
Certification/release procedures;
Interface with aircraft operation;
Maintenance Inspection/Quality Control/Quality Assurance;
Additional maintenance procedures;
Control of life limited components.
MODULE 8. BASIC AERODYNAMICS
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
8.1 Physics of the Atmosphere 1 2 2 1
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA), application to aerodynamics.
8.2 Aerodynamics 1 2 2 1
Airflow around a body;
Boundary layer, laminar and turbulent flow, free stream flow, relative airflow, upwash
and downwash, vortices, stagnation;
The terms: camber, chord, mean aerodynamic chord, profile (parasite) drag, induced
drag, centre of pressure, angle of attack, wash in and wash out, fineness ratio, wing
shape and aspect ratio;
Thrust, Weight, Aerodynamic Resultant;
Generation of Lift and Drag: Angle of Attack, Lift coefficient, Drag coefficient, polar
curve, stall;
Aerofoil contamination including ice, snow, frost.
8.3 Theory of Flight 1 2 2 1
Relationship between lift, weight, thrust and drag;
Glide ratio;
Steady state flights, performance;
Theory of the turn;
Influence of load factor: stall, flight envelope and structural limitations;
Lift augmentation.
8.4 Flight Stability and Dynamics 1 2 2 1
Longitudinal, lateral and directional stability (active and passive).

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 164
▼B
MODULE 9A. HUMAN FACTORS

LEVEL
A B1 B2
9.1 General 1 2 2
The need to take human factors into account;
Incidents attributable to human factors/human error;
‘Murphy's’ law.
9.2 Human Performance and Limitations 1 2 2
Vision;
Hearing;
Information processing;
Attention and perception;
Memory;
Claustrophobia and physical access.
9.3 Social Psychology 1 1 1
Responsibility: individual and group;
Motivation and de-motivation;
Peer pressure;
‘Culture’ issues;
Team working;
Management, supervision and leadership.
9.4 Factors Affecting Performance 2 2 2
Fitness/health;
Stress: domestic and work related;
Time pressure and deadlines;
Workload: overload and underload;
Sleep and fatigue, shiftwork;
Alcohol, medication, drug abuse.
9.5 Physical Environment 1 1 1
Noise and fumes;
Illumination;
Climate and temperature;
Motion and vibration;
Working environment.
9.6 Tasks 1 1 1
Physical work;
Repetitive tasks;
Visual inspection;
Complex systems.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 165
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2
9.7 Communication 2 2 2
Within and between teams;
Work logging and recording;
Keeping up to date, currency;
Dissemination of information.
9.8 Human Error 1 2 2
Error models and theories;
Types of error in maintenance tasks;
Implications of errors (i.e. accidents);
Avoiding and managing errors.
9.9 Hazards in the Workplace 1 2 2
Recognising and avoiding hazards;
Dealing with emergencies.
MODULE 9B. HUMAN FACTORS

Note: The scope of this module shall reflect the less demanding environment of maintenance for B3 licence holders.
LEVEL
B3
9.1 General 2
The need to take human factors into account;
Incidents attributable to human factors/human error;
‘Murphy's’ law.
9.2 Human Performance and Limitations 2
Vision;
Hearing;
Information processing;
Attention and perception;
Memory;
Claustrophobia and physical access.
9.3 Social Psychology 1
Responsibility: individual and group;
Motivation and de-motivation;
Peer pressure;
‘Culture’ issues;
Team working;
Management, supervision and leadership.
9.4 Factors Affecting Performance 2
Fitness/health;
Stress: domestic and work related;
Time pressure and deadlines;
Workload: overload and underload;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 166
▼B
LEVEL
B3
Sleep and fatigue, shiftwork;

Alcohol, medication, drug abuse.
9.5 Physical Environment 1
Noise and fumes;
Illumination;
Climate and temperature;
Motion and vibration;
Working environment.
9.6 Tasks 1
Physical work;
Repetitive tasks;
Visual inspection;
Complex systems.
9.7 Communication 2
Within and between teams;
Work logging and recording;
Keeping up to date, currency;
Dissemination of information.
9.8 Human Error 2
Error models and theories;
Types of error in maintenance tasks;
Implications of errors (i.e. accidents);
Avoiding and managing errors.
9.9 Hazards in the Workplace 2
Recognising and avoiding hazards;
Dealing with emergencies.
MODULE 10. AVIATION LEGISLATION
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
10.1 Regulatory Framework 1 1 1 1

Role of the International Civil Aviation Organisation;
Role of the European Commission;
Role of EASA;
Role of the Member States and National Aviation Authorities;
Regulation (EC) No 216/2008 and its implementing rules Regulations (EU) No 748/
2012 and (EU) No 1321/2014;
Relationship between the various Annexes (Parts) such as Part-21, Part-M, Part-145,
Part-66, Part-147 and Regulation (EU) No 965/2012.
10.2 Certifying Staff — Maintenance 2 2 2 2
Detailed understanding of Part-66.
10.3 Approved Maintenance Organisations 2 2 2 2
Detailed understanding of Part-145 and Part-M Subpart F.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 167
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B2 B3
10.4 Air operations 1 1 1 1
General understanding of Regulation (EU) No 965/2012.
Air Operators Certificates;
Operator's responsibilities, in particular regarding continuing airworthiness and main

tenance;
Aircraft Maintenance Programme;
MEL//CDL;
Documents to be carried on board;
Aircraft placarding (markings).
10.5 Certification of aircraft, parts and appliances
(a) General — 1 1 1
General understanding of Part-21 and EASA certification specifications CS-23, 25, 27,
29.
(b) Documents — 2 2 2
Certificate of Airworthiness; restricted certificates of airworthiness and permit to fly;
Certificate of Registration;
Noise Certificate;
Weight Schedule;
Radio Station Licence and Approval.
10.6 Continuing airworthiness 2 2 2 2
Detailed understanding of Part-21 provisions related to continuing airworthiness.
Detailed understanding of Part-M.
10.7 Applicable National and International Requirements for (if not superseded by EU
requirements).
(a) Maintenance Programmes, Maintenance checks and inspections; 1 2 2 2
Airworthiness Directives;
Service Bulletins, manufacturers service information;
Modifications and repairs;
Maintenance documentation: maintenance manuals, structural repair manual, illus

trated parts catalogue, etc.;
Only for A to B2 licences:
Master Minimum Equipment Lists, Minimum Equipment List, Dispatch Deviation

Lists;
(b) Continuing airworthiness; — 1 1 1
Minimum equipment requirements — Test flights;
Only for B1 and B2 licences:
ETOPS, maintenance and dispatch requirements;
All Weather Operations, Category 2/3 operations.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 168
▼B
MODULE 11A. TURBINE AEROPLANE AERODYNAMICS, STRUCTURES AND SYSTEMS
LEVEL
A1 B1.1
11.1 Theory of Flight
11.1.1. Aeroplane Aerodynamics and Flight Controls 1 2
Operation and effect of: — —
— roll control: ailerons and spoilers,
— pitch control: elevators, stabilators, variable incidence stabilisers and canards,
— yaw control, rudder limiters;
Control using elevons, ruddervators;
High lift devices, slots, slats, flaps, flaperons;
Drag inducing devices, spoilers, lift dumpers, speed brakes;
Effects of wing fences, saw tooth leading edges;
Boundary layer control using, vortex generators, stall wedges or leading edge devices;
Operation and effect of trim tabs, balance and antibalance (leading) tabs, servo tabs,
spring tabs, mass balance, control surface bias, aerodynamic balance panels.
11.1.2. High Speed Flight 1 2
Speed of sound, subsonic flight, transonic flight, supersonic flight;
Mach number, critical Mach number, compressibility buffet, shock wave, aerodynamic
heating, area rule;
Factors affecting airflow in engine intakes of high speed aircraft;
Effects of sweepback on critical Mach number.
11.2 Airframe Structures — General Concepts
(a) Airworthiness requirements for structural strength; 2 2
Structural classification, primary, secondary and tertiary;
Fail safe, safe life, damage tolerance concepts;
Zonal and station identification systems;
Stress, strain, bending, compression, shear, torsion, tension, hoop stress, fatigue;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 169
▼B
LEVEL
A1 B1.1
Drains and ventilation provisions;
System installation provisions;
Lightning strike protection provision;
Aircraft bonding.
(b) Construction methods of: stressed skin fuselage, formers, stringers, longerons, 1 2
bulkheads, frames, doublers, struts, ties, beams, floor structures, reinforcement,
methods of skinning, anti-corrosive protection, wing, empennage and engine
attachments;Structure assembly techniques: riveting, bolting, bonding;
Methods of surface protection, such as chromating, anodising, painting;
Surface cleaning;
Airframe symmetry: methods of alignment and symmetry checks.
11.3 Airframe Structures — Aeroplanes
11.3.1 Fuselage (ATA 52/53/56) 1 2
Construction and pressurisation sealing;
Wing, stabiliser, pylon and undercarriage attachments;
Seat installation and cargo loading system;
Doors and emergency exits: construction, mechanisms, operation and safety devices;
Windows and windscreen construction and mechanisms.
11.3.2 Wings (ATA 57) 1 2
Construction;
Fuel storage;
Landing gear, pylon, control surface and high lift/drag attachments.
11.3.3 Stabilisers (ATA 55) 1 2
Construction;
Control surface attachment.
11.3.4 Flight Control Surfaces (ATA 55/57) 1 2
Construction and attachment;
Balancing — mass and aerodynamic.
11.3.5 Nacelles/Pylons (ATA 54) 1 2

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 170
▼B
LEVEL
A1 B1.1
Nacelles/Pylons: — —
— Construction,
— Firewalls,
— Engine mounts.
11.4 Air Conditioning and Cabin Pressurisation (ATA 21)
11.4.1 Air supply 1 2
Sources of air supply including engine bleed, APU and ground cart.
11.4.2 Air Conditioning 1 3
Air conditioning systems;
Air cycle and vapour cycle machines;
Distribution systems;
Flow, temperature and humidity control system.
11.4.3 Pressurisation 1 3
Pressurisation systems;
Control and indication including control and safety valves;
Cabin pressure controllers.
11.4.4 Safety and warning devices 1 3
Protection and warning devices.
11.5 Instruments/Avionic Systems
11.5.1 Instrument Systems (ATA 31) 1 2
Pitot static: altimeter, air speed indicator, vertical speed indicator;
Gyroscopic: artificial horizon, attitude director, direction indicator, horizontal situation

indicator, turn and slip indicator, turn coordinator;
Compasses: direct reading, remote reading;
Angle of attack indication, stall warning systems;
Glass cockpit;
Other aircraft system indication.
11.5.2 Avionic Systems 1 1

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 171
▼B
LEVEL
A1 B1.1
Fundamentals of system lay-outs and operation of: — —
— Auto Flight (ATA 22),
— Communications (ATA 23),
— Navigation Systems (ATA 34).
11.6 Electrical Power (ATA 24) 1 3
Batteries Installation and Operation;
DC power generation;
AC power generation;
Emergency power generation;
Voltage regulation;
Power distribution;
Inverters, transformers, rectifiers;
Circuit protection;
External/Ground power.
11.7 Equipment and Furnishings (ATA 25)
(a) Emergency equipment requirements; 2 2
Seats, harnesses and belts.
(b) Cabin lay-out; 1 1
Equipment lay-out;
Cabin Furnishing installation;
Cabin entertainment equipment;
Galley installation;
Cargo handling and retention equipment;
Airstairs.
11.8 Fire Protection (ATA 26) 1 3
(a) Fire and smoke detection and warning systems;
Fire extinguishing systems;
System tests;
(b) Portable fire extinguisher. 1 1
11.9 Flight Controls (ATA 27) 1 3

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 172
▼B
LEVEL
A1 B1.1
Primary controls: aileron, elevator, rudder, spoiler;
Trim control;
Active load control;
High lift devices;
Lift dump, speed brakes;
System operation: manual, hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical, fly-by-wire;
Artificial feel, Yaw damper, Mach trim, rudder limiter, gust lock systems;
Balancing and rigging;
Stall protection/warning system.
11.10 Fuel Systems (ATA 28) 1 3
System lay-out;
Fuel tanks;
Supply systems;
Dumping, venting and draining;
Cross-feed and transfer;
Indications and warnings;
Refuelling and defuelling;
Longitudinal balance fuel systems.
11.11 Hydraulic Power (ATA 29) 1 3
System lay-out;
Hydraulic fluids;
Hydraulic reservoirs and accumulators;
Pressure generation: electric, mechanical, pneumatic;
Emergency pressure generation;
Filters;
Pressure Control;
Power distribution;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 173
▼B
LEVEL
A1 B1.1
Indication and warning systems;
Interface with other systems.
11.12 Ice and Rain Protection (ATA 30) 1 3
Ice formation, classification and detection;
Anti-icing systems: electrical, hot air and chemical;
De-icing systems: electrical, hot air, pneumatic and chemical;
Rain repellent;
Probe and drain heating;
Wiper systems.
11.13 Landing Gear (ATA 32) 2 3
Construction, shock absorbing;
Extension and retraction systems: normal and emergency;
Indications and warning;
Wheels, brakes, antiskid and autobraking;
Tyres;
Steering;
Air-ground sensing.
11.14 Lights (ATA 33) 2 3
External: navigation, anti collision, landing, taxiing, ice;
Internal: cabin, cockpit, cargo;
Emergency.
11.15 Oxygen (ATA 35) 1 3
System lay-out: cockpit, cabin;
Sources, storage, charging and distribution;
Supply regulation;
Indications and warnings.
11.16 Pneumatic/Vacuum (ATA 36) 1 3
System lay-out;
Sources: engine/APU, compressors, reservoirs, ground supply;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 174
▼B
LEVEL
A1 B1.1
Pressure control;
Distribution;
Interfaces with other systems.
11.17 Water/Waste (ATA 38) 2 3
Water system lay-out, supply, distribution, servicing and draining;
Toilet system lay-out, flushing and servicing;
Corrosion aspects.
11.18 On Board Maintenance Systems (ATA 45) 1 2
Central maintenance computers;
Data loading system;
Electronic library system;
Printing;
Structure monitoring (damage tolerance monitoring).
11.19 Integrated Modular Avionics (ATA42) 1 2
Functions that may be typically integrated in the Integrated Modular Avionic (IMA)
modules are, among others:
Bleed Management, Air Pressure Control, Air Ventilation and Control, Avionics and
Cockpit Ventilation Control, Temperature Control, Air Traffic Communication,
Avionics Communication Router, Electrical Load Management, Circuit Breaker Moni
toring, Electrical System BITE, Fuel Management, Braking Control, Steering Control,
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction, Tyre Pressure Indication, Oleo Pressure Indi
cation, Brake Temperature Monitoring, etc.
Core System; Network Components.
11.20 Cabin Systems (ATA44) 1 2
The units and components which furnish a means of entertaining the passengers and
providing communication within the aircraft (Cabin Intercommunication Data System)
and between the aircraft cabin and ground stations (Cabin Network Service). Includes
voice, data, music and video transmissions.
The Cabin Intercommunication Data System provides an interface between cockpit/

cabin crew and cabin systems. These systems support data exchange of the different
related LRU's and they are typically operated via Flight Attendant Panels.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 175
▼B
LEVEL
A1 B1.1
The Cabin Network Service typically consists on a server, typically interfacing with, — —
among others, the following systems:
— Data/Radio Communication, In-Flight Entertainment System.
The Cabin Network Service may host functions such as: — —
— Access to pre-departure/departure reports,
— E-mail/intranet/Internet access,
— Passenger database;
Cabin Core System;
In-flight Entertainment System;
External Communication System;
Cabin Mass Memory System;
Cabin Monitoring System;
Miscellaneous Cabin System.
11.21 Information Systems (ATA46) 1 2
The units and components which furnish a means of storing, updating and retrieving
digital information traditionally provided on paper, microfilm or microfiche. Includes
units that are dedicated to the information storage and retrieval function such as the
electronic library mass storage and controller. Does not include units or components
installed for other uses and shared with other systems, such as flight deck printer or
general use display.
Typical examples include Air Traffic and Information Management Systems and
Network Server Systems
Aircraft General Information System;
Flight Deck Information System;
Maintenance Information System;
Passenger Cabin Information System;
Miscellaneous Information System.
MODULE 11B. PISTON AEROPLANE AERODYNAMICS, STRUCTURES AND SYSTEMS

Note 1: This module does not apply to category B3. Relevant subject matters for category B3 are defined in module
11C.
Note 2: The scope of this Module shall reflect the technology of aeroplanes pertinent to the A2 and B1.2 subcategory.
LEVEL
A2 B1.2

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 176
▼B
LEVEL
A2 B1.2
11.1.1. Aeroplane Aerodynamics and Flight Controls 1 2
Operation and effect of: — —
Drag inducing devices, spoilers, lift dumpers, speed brakes;
Operation and effect of trim tabs, balance and antibalance (leading) tabs, servo tabs,
spring tabs, mass balance, control surface bias, aerodynamic balance panels.
11.1.2. High Speed Flight — N/A — —
Aircraft bonding.
methods of skinning, anti-corrosive protection, wing, empennage and engine
attachments;
Structure assembly techniques: riveting, bolting, bonding;
Surface cleaning;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 177
▼B
LEVEL
A2 B1.2
11.3.1 Fuselage (ATA 52/53/56) 1 2
Construction and pressurisation sealing;
Wing, tail-plane, pylon and undercarriage attachments;
Seat installation;
Doors and emergency exits: construction and operation;
Windows and windscreen attachment.
11.3.2 Wings (ATA 57) 1 2
Construction;
Fuel storage;
11.3.3 Stabilisers (ATA 55) 1 2
Construction;
11.3.4 Flight Control Surfaces (ATA 55/57) 1 2
11.3.5 Nacelles/Pylons (ATA 54) 1 2
Nacelles/Pylons: — —
— Construction,
— Firewalls,
— Engine mounts.
11.4 Air Conditioning and Cabin Pressurisation (ATA 21) 1 3
Pressurisation and air conditioning systems;
Cabin pressure controllers, protection and warning devices;
Heating systems.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 178
▼B
LEVEL
A2 B1.2
Glass cockpit;
Fundamentals of system lay-outs and operation of: — —
Voltage regulation;
Power distribution;
Circuit protection;
Inverters, transformers.
Seats, harnesses and belts;
(b) Cabin lay-out; 1 1
Equipment lay-out;
Cabin Furnishing installation;
Cabin entertainment equipment;
Galley installation;
Cargo handling and retention equipment;
Airstairs.
11.8 Fire Protection (ATA 26)
(a) Fire and smoke detection and warning systems; 1 3
System tests;
(b) Portable fire extinguisher. 1 3
11.9 Flight Controls (ATA 27) 1 3

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 179
▼B
LEVEL
A2 B1.2
Primary controls: aileron, elevator, rudder;
Trim tabs;
High lift devices;
System operation: manual;
Gust locks;
Stall warning system.
System lay-out;
Fuel tanks;
Supply systems;
Refuelling and defuelling.
System lay-out;
Hydraulic fluids;
Pressure generation: electric, mechanical;
Filters;
Pressure Control;
Power distribution;
Indication and warning systems.
Wiper systems.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 180
▼B
LEVEL
A2 B1.2
Tyres;
Steering;
Air-ground sensing.
11.14 Lights (ATA 33) 2 3
Emergency.
11.15 Oxygen (ATA 35) 1 3
Supply regulation;
System lay-out;
Pressure control;
Distribution;
11.17 Water/Waste (ATA 38) 2 3
Toilet system lay-out, flushing and servicing;
Corrosion aspects.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 181
▼B
MODULE 11C. PISTON AEROPLANE AERODYNAMICS, STRUCTURES AND SYSTEMS
Note: The scope of this module shall reflect the technology of aeroplanes pertinent to the B3 category.
LEVEL
B3
Aeroplane Aerodynamics and Flight Controls 1
Operation and effect of: —
— roll control: ailerons,
Drag inducing devices, lift dumpers, speed brakes;
Operation and effect of trim tabs, balance and anti-balance (leading) tabs, servo tabs, spring
tabs, mass balance, control surface bias, aerodynamic balance panels.
(a) Airworthiness requirements for structural strength; 2
Aircraft bonding;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 182
▼B
LEVEL
B3
(b) Construction methods of: stressed skin fuselage, formers, stringers, longerons, bulk 2
heads, frames, doublers, struts, ties, beams, floor structures, reinforcement, methods
of skinning, anti-corrosive protection, wing, empennage and engine attachments;
Surface cleaning;
11.3.1 Fuselage (ATA 52/53/56) 1
Construction;
Wing, tail-plane, pylon and undercarriage attachments;
Seat installation;
Doors and emergency exits: construction and operation;
Window and windscreen attachment.
11.3.2 Wings (ATA 57) 1
Construction;
Fuel storage;
11.3.3 Stabilisers (ATA 55) 1
Construction;
11.3.4 Flight Control Surfaces (ATA 55/57) 1
11.3.5 Nacelles/Pylons (ATA 54)
Nacelles/Pylons: 1
— Construction,
— Firewalls,
— Engine mounts.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 183
▼B
LEVEL
B3
11.4 Air Conditioning (ATA 21)
Heating and ventilation systems. 1
11.5.1 Instrument Systems (ATA 31) 1
Gyroscopic: artificial horizon, attitude director, direction indicator, horizontal situation indi
cator, turn and slip indicator, turn coordinator;
Glass cockpit;
11.5.2 Avionic Systems 1
Fundamentals of system lay-outs and operation of: —
11.6 Electrical Power (ATA 24) 2
Voltage regulation;
Power distribution;
Circuit protection;
Inverters, transformers.
11.7 Equipment and Furnishings (ATA 25) 2
Emergency equipment requirements;
Seats, harnesses and belts.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 184
▼B
LEVEL
B3
11.8 Fire Protection (ATA 26) 2
Portable fire extinguisher.
11.9 Flight Controls (ATA 27) 3
Primary controls: aileron, elevator, rudder;
Trim tabs;
High lift devices;
System operation: manual;
Gust locks;
Stall warning system.
11.10 Fuel Systems (ATA 28) 2
System lay-out;
Fuel tanks;
Supply systems;
11.11 Hydraulic Power (ATA 29) 2
System lay-out;
Hydraulic fluids;
Pressure generation: electric, mechanical;
Filters;
Pressure Control;
Power distribution;
Indication and warning systems.
11.12 Ice and Rain Protection (ATA 30) 1
Wiper systems.
11.13 Landing Gear (ATA 32) 2

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 185
▼B
LEVEL
B3
Tyres;
Steering.
11.14 Lights (ATA 33) 2
Emergency.
11.15 Oxygen (ATA 35) 2
Supply regulation;
11.16 Pneumatic/Vacuum (ATA 36) 2
System lay-out;
Pressure and vacuum pumps
Pressure control;
Distribution;
MODULE 12. HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS, STRUCTURES AND SYSTEMS
LEVEL
A3 B1.3
A4 B1.4
12.1 Theory of Flight — Rotary Wing Aerodynamics 1 2
Terminology;
Effects of gyroscopic precession;
Torque reaction and directional control;
Dissymmetry of lift, Blade tip stall;
Translating tendency and its correction;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 186
▼B
LEVEL
A3 B1.3
A4 B1.4
Coriolis effect and compensation;
Vortex ring state, power settling, overpitching;
Auto-rotation;
Ground effect.
12.2 Flight Control Systems 2 3
Cyclic control;
Collective control;
Swashplate;
Yaw control: Anti-Torque Control, Tail rotor, bleed air;
Main Rotor Head: Design and Operation features;
Blade Dampers: Function and construction;
Rotor Blades: Main and tail rotor blade construction and attachment;
Trim control, fixed and adjustable stabilisers;
System operation: manual, hydraulic, electrical and fly-by-wire;
Artificial feel;
Balancing and rigging.
12.3 Blade Tracking and Vibration Analysis 1 3
Rotor alignment;
Main and tail rotor tracking;
Static and dynamic balancing;
Vibration types, vibration reduction methods;
Ground resonance.
12.4 Transmission 1 3
Gear boxes, main and tail rotors;
Clutches, free wheel units and rotor brake;
Tail rotor drive shafts, flexible couplings, bearings, vibration dampers and bearing
hangers.
12.5 Airframe Structures

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 187
▼B
LEVEL
A3 B1.3
A4 B1.4
methods of skinning and anti-corrosive protection.Pylon, stabiliser and under
carriage attachments;
Seat installation;
Doors: construction, mechanisms, operation and safety devices;
Windows and windscreen construction;
Fuel storage;
Firewalls;
Engine mounts;
Surface cleaning.
12.6 Air Conditioning (ATA 21)
12.6.1 Air supply 1 2
Sources of air supply including engine bleed and ground cart.
12.6.2 Air conditioning 1 3
Air conditioning systems;
Distribution systems;
Flow and temperature control systems;

Vibration indicating systems — HUMS;
Glass cockpit;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 188
▼B
LEVEL
A3 B1.3
A4 B1.4
Fundamentals of system layouts and operation of:

Auto Flight (ATA 22);
Communications (ATA 23);
Navigation Systems (ATA 34).
DC power generation, AC power generation;
Voltage regulation, Circuit protection.
Power distribution;

Seats, harnesses and belts;
Lifting systems;
(b) Emergency flotation systems; 1 1

Cabin lay-out, cargo retention;
Equipment lay-out;
Cabin Furnishing Installation.
12.10 Fire Protection (ATA 26) 1 3
Fire and smoke detection and warning systems;
System tests.
System lay-out;
Fuel tanks;
Supply systems;
Dumping, venting and draining;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 189
▼B
LEVEL
A3 B1.3
A4 B1.4
System lay-out;
Hydraulic fluids;
Pressure generation: electric, mechanical, pneumatic;
Emergency pressure generation;
Filters;
Pressure Control;
Power distribution;
Indication and warning systems;
Interface with other systems.
Anti-icing and De-icing systems: electrical, hot air and chemical;
Rain repellent and removal;
Wiper system.
Wheels, Tyres, brakes;
Steering;
Air-ground sensing;
Skids, floats.
12.15 Lights (ATA 33) 2 3
External: navigation, landing, taxiing, ice;
Emergency.
System lay-out;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 190
▼B
LEVEL
A3 B1.3
A4 B1.4
Pressure control;
Distribution;
12.17 Integrated Modular Avionics (ATA42) 1 2
Cockpit Ventilation Control, Temperature Control, Air Traffic Communication,
Avionics Communication Router, Electrical Load Management, Circuit Breaker Moni
toring, Electrical System BITE, Fuel Management, Braking Control, Steering Control,
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction, Tyre Pressure Indication, Oleo Pressure Indi
cation, Brake Temperature Monitoring, etc.
Core System;
Network Components.
12.18 On Board Maintenance Systems (ATA45) 1 2
Printing;
12.19 Information Systems (ATA46) 1 2
The units and components which furnish a means of storing, updating and retrieving
digital information traditionally provided on paper, microfilm or microfiche. Includes
units that are dedicated to the information storage and retrieval function such as the
electronic library mass storage and controller. Does not include units or components
installed for other uses and shared with other systems, such as flight deck printer or
general use display.
Typical examples include Air Traffic and Information Management Systems and
Network Server Systems.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 191
▼B
MODULE 13. AIRCRAFT AERODYNAMICS, STRUCTURES AND SYSTEMS
LEVEL
B2
(a) Aeroplane Aerodynamics and Flight Controls 1
Operation and effect of: —
High lift devices: slots, slats, flaps;
Drag inducing devices: spoilers, lift dumpers, speed brakes;
Operation and effect of trim tabs, servo tabs, control surface bias;
(b) High Speed Flight 1
Speed of sound, subsonic flight, transonic flight, supersonic flight;
Mach number, critical Mach number;
(c) Rotary Wing Aerodynamics 1
Terminology;
Operation and effect of cyclic, collective and anti-torque controls.
13.2 Structures — General Concepts
(a) Fundamentals of structural systems; 1
(b) Zonal and station identification systems; 2
Electrical bonding;
Lightning strike protection provision.
13.3 Autoflight (ATA 22) 3
Fundamentals of automatic flight control including working principles and current

terminology;
Command signal processing;
Modes of operation: roll, pitch and yaw channels;
Yaw dampers;
Stability Augmentation System in helicopters;
Automatic trim control;
Autopilot navigation aids interface;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 192
▼B
LEVEL
B2
Autothrottle systems;
Automatic Landing Systems: principles and categories, modes of operation, approach,

glideslope, land, go-around, system monitors and failure conditions.
13.4 Communication/Navigation (ATA 23/34) 3
Fundamentals of radio wave propagation, antennas, transmission lines, communication,

receiver and transmitter;
Working principles of following systems: —
— Very High Frequency (VHF) communication,
— High Frequency (HF) communication,
— Audio,
— Emergency Locator Transmitters,
— Cockpit Voice Recorder,
— Very High Frequency omnidirectional range (VOR),
— Automatic Direction Finding (ADF),
— Instrument Landing System (ILS),
— Microwave Landing System (MLS),
— Flight Director systems, Distance Measuring Equipment (DME),
— Very Low Frequency and hyperbolic navigation (VLF/Omega),
— Doppler navigation,
— Area navigation, RNAV systems,
— Flight Management Systems,
— Global Positioning System (GPS), Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS),
— Inertial Navigation System,
— Air Traffic Control transponder, secondary surveillance radar,
— Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS),
— Weather avoidance radar,
— Radio altimeter,
— ARINC communication and reporting.
13.5 Electrical Power (ATA 24) 3
AC power generation;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 193
▼B
LEVEL
B2
Voltage regulation;
Power distribution;
Circuit protection;
13.6 Equipment and Furnishings (ATA 25) 3
Electronic emergency equipment requirements;
Cabin entertainment equipment.
13.7 Flight Controls (ATA 27)
(a) Primary controls: aileron, elevator, rudder, spoiler; 2
Trim control;
Active load control;
High lift devices;
Lift dump, speed brakes;
System operation: manual, hydraulic, pneumatic;
Artificial feel, Yaw damper, Mach trim, rudder limiter, gust locks.
Stall protection systems;
(b) System operation: electrical, fly-by-wire. 3
13.8 Instruments (ATA 31) 3
Classification;
Atmosphere;
Terminology;
Pressure measuring devices and systems;
Pitot static systems;
Altimeters;
Vertical speed indicators;
Airspeed indicators;
Machmeters;
Altitude reporting/alerting systems;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 194
▼B
LEVEL
B2
Air data computers;
Instrument pneumatic systems;
Direct reading pressure and temperature gauges;
Temperature indicating systems;
Fuel quantity indicating systems;
Gyroscopic principles;
Artificial horizons;
Slip indicators;
Directional gyros;
Ground Proximity Warning Systems;
Compass systems;
Flight Data Recording systems;
Electronic Flight Instrument Systems;
Instrument warning systems including master warning systems and centralised warning
panels;
Stall warning systems and angle of attack indicating systems;
Vibration measurement and indication;
Glass cockpit.
13.9 Lights (ATA 33) 3
External: navigation, landing, taxiing, ice;
Emergency.
13.10 On Board Maintenance Systems (ATA 45) 3
Printing;
13.11 Air Conditioning and Cabin Pressurisation (ATA21)
13.11.1. Air supply 2

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 195
▼B
LEVEL
B2
Sources of air supply including engine bleed, APU and ground cart;
13.11.2. Air Conditioning
Air conditioning systems; 2
Air cycle and vapour cycle machines; 3
Distribution systems; 1
Flow, temperature and humidity control system. 3
13.11.3. Pressurisation 3
Pressurisation systems;
Control and indication including control and safety valves;
Cabin pressure controllers.
13.11.4. Safety and warning devices 3
13.12 Fire Protection (ATA 26)
(a) Fire and smoke detection and warning systems; 3
System tests;
(b) Portable fire extinguisher. 1
13.13 Fuel Systems (ATA 28)
System lay-out; 1
Fuel tanks; 1
Supply systems; 1
Dumping, venting and draining; 1
Cross-feed and transfer; 2
Indications and warnings; 3
Refuelling and defuelling; 2
Longitudinal balance fuel systems. 3
13.14 Hydraulic Power (ATA 29)

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 196
▼B
LEVEL
B2
System lay-out; 1
Hydraulic fluids; 1
Hydraulic reservoirs and accumulators; 1
Pressure generation: electrical, mechanical, pneumatic; 3
Emergency pressure generation; 3
Filters; 1
Pressure control; 3
Power distribution; 1
Indication and warning systems; 3
Interface with other systems. 3
13.15 Ice and Rain Protection (ATA 30)
Ice formation, classification and detection; 2
Anti-icing systems: electrical, hot air and chemical; 2
De-icing systems: electrical, hot air, pneumatic, chemical; 3
Rain repellent; 1
Probe and drain heating; 3
Wiper Systems. 1
13.16 Landing Gear (ATA 32)
Construction, shock absorbing; 1
Extension and retraction systems: normal and emergency; 3
Wheels, brakes, antiskid and autobraking; 3
Tyres; 1
Steering; 3
Air-ground sensing. 3
13.17 Oxygen (ATA 35)
System lay-out: cockpit, cabin; 3
Sources, storage, charging and distribution; 3

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 197
▼B
LEVEL
B2
Supply regulation; 3
Indications and warnings. 3
13.18 Pneumatic/Vacuum (ATA 36)
System lay-out; 2
Sources: engine/APU, compressors, reservoirs, ground supply; 2
Pressure control; 3
Distribution; 1
Interfaces with other systems. 3
13.19 Water/Waste (ATA 38) 2
Toilet system lay-out, flushing and servicing.
13.20 Integrated Modular Avionics (ATA42) 3
Cockpit Ventilation Control, Temperature Control, Air Traffic Communication, Avionics
Communication Router, Electrical Load Management, Circuit Breaker Monitoring, Elec
trical System BITE, Fuel Management, Braking Control, Steering Control, Landing Gear
Extension and Retraction, Tyre Pressure Indication, Oleo Pressure Indication, Brake
Temperature Monitoring, etc.;
Core System;
Network Components.
13.21 Cabin Systems (ATA44) 3
The units and components which furnish a means of entertaining the passengers and
providing communication within the aircraft (Cabin Intercommunication Data System)
and between the aircraft cabin and ground stations (Cabin Network Service). Includes
voice, data, music and video transmissions.
The Cabin Intercommunication Data System provides an interface between cockpit/cabin

crew and cabin systems. These systems support data exchange of the different related LRU's
and they are typically operated via Flight Attendant Panels.
The Cabin Network Service typically consists on a server, typically interfacing with, among —
others, the following systems:
— Data/Radio Communication, In-Flight Entertainment System.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 198
▼B
LEVEL
B2
The Cabin Network Service may host functions such as: —
— Access to pre-departure/departure reports,
— E-mail/intranet/Internet access,
— Passenger database;
Cabin Core System;
In-flight Entertainment System;
External Communication System;
Cabin Mass Memory System;
Cabin Monitoring System;
Miscellaneous Cabin System.
13.22 Information Systems (ATA46) 3
The units and components which furnish a means of storing, updating and retrieving digital
information traditionally provided on paper, microfilm or microfiche. Includes units that are
dedicated to the information storage and retrieval function such as the electronic library
mass storage and controller. Does not include units or components installed for other uses
and shared with other systems, such as flight deck printer or general use display.
Typical examples include Air Traffic and Information Management Systems and Network
Server Systems.
MODULE 14. PROPULSION
LEVEL
B2
14.1 Turbine Engines
(a) Constructional arrangement and operation of turbojet, turbofan, turboshaft and turbo 1
propeller engines;
(b) Electronic Engine control and fuel metering systems (FADEC). 2
14.2 Engine Indicating Systems 2
Exhaust gas temperature/Interstage turbine temperature systems;
Engine speed;
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 199
▼B
LEVEL
B2
Engine Thrust Indication: Engine Pressure Ratio, engine turbine discharge pressure or jet
pipe pressure systems;
Oil pressure and temperature;
Fuel pressure, temperature and flow;
Manifold pressure;
Engine torque;
Propeller speed.
14.3 Starting and Ignition Systems 2
Operation of engine start systems and components;
Ignition systems and components;
Maintenance safety requirements.
MODULE 15. GAS TURBINE ENGINE
LEVEL
A B1
15.1 Fundamentals 1 2
Potential energy, kinetic energy, Newton's laws of motion, Brayton cycle;
The relationship between force, work, power, energy, velocity, acceleration;
Constructional arrangement and operation of turbojet, turbofan, turboshaft, turboprop.
15.2 Engine Performance — 2
Gross thrust, net thrust, choked nozzle thrust, thrust distribution, resultant thrust, thrust
horsepower, equivalent shaft horsepower, specific fuel consumption;
Engine efficiencies;
By-pass ratio and engine pressure ratio;
Pressure, temperature and velocity of the gas flow;
Engine ratings, static thrust, influence of speed, altitude and hot climate, flat rating,
limitations.
15.3 Inlet 2 2
Compressor inlet ducts
Effects of various inlet configurations;
Ice protection.
15.4 Compressors 1 2
Axial and centrifugal types;
Constructional features and operating principles and applications;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 200
▼B
LEVEL
A B1
Fan balancing;
Operation:
Causes and effects of compressor stall and surge;
Methods of air flow control: bleed valves, variable inlet guide vanes, variable stator
vanes, rotating stator blades;
Compressor ratio.
15.5 Combustion Section 1 2
Constructional features and principles of operation.
15.6 Turbine Section 2 2
Operation and characteristics of different turbine blade types;
Blade to disk attachment;
Nozzle guide vanes;
Causes and effects of turbine blade stress and creep.
15.7 Exhaust 1 2
Constructional features and principles of operation;
Convergent, divergent and variable area nozzles;
Engine noise reduction;
Thrust reversers.
15.8 Bearings and Seals — 2
Constructional features and principles of operation.
15.9 Lubricants and Fuels 1 2
Properties and specifications;
Fuel additives;
Safety precautions.
15.10 Lubrication Systems 1 2
System operation/lay-out and components.
15.11 Fuel Systems 1 2
Operation of engine control and fuel metering systems including electronic engine
control (FADEC);
Systems lay-out and components.
15.12 Air Systems 1 2
Operation of engine air distribution and anti-ice control systems, including internal
cooling, sealing and external air services.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 201
▼B
LEVEL
A B1
15.13 Starting and Ignition Systems 1 2
Operation of engine start systems and components;
Ignition systems and components;
Maintenance safety requirements.
15.14 Engine Indication Systems 1 2
Exhaust Gas Temperature/Interstage Turbine Temperature;
Engine Thrust Indication: Engine Pressure Ratio, engine turbine discharge pressure or
jet pipe pressure systems;
Fuel pressure and flow;
Engine speed;
Vibration measurement and indication;
Torque;
Power.
15.15 Power Augmentation Systems — 1
Operation and applications;
Water injection, water methanol;
Afterburner systems.
15.16 Turbo-prop Engines 1 2
Gas coupled/free turbine and gear coupled turbines;
Reduction gears;
Integrated engine and propeller controls;
Overspeed safety devices.
15.17 Turbo-shaft Engines 1 2
Arrangements, drive systems, reduction gearing, couplings, control systems.
15.18 Auxiliary Power Units (APUs) 1 2
Purpose, operation, protective systems.
15.19 Powerplant Installation 1 2
Configuration of firewalls, cowlings, acoustic panels, engine mounts, anti-vibration

mounts, hoses, pipes, feeders, connectors, wiring looms, control cables and rods,
lifting points and drains.
15.20 Fire Protection Systems 1 2
Operation of detection and extinguishing systems.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 202
▼B
LEVEL
A B1
15.21 Engine Monitoring and Ground Operation 1 3
Procedures for starting and ground run-up;
Interpretation of engine power output and parameters;
Trend (including oil analysis, vibration and boroscope) monitoring;
Inspection of engine and components to criteria, tolerances and data specified by

engine manufacturer;
Compressor washing/cleaning;
Foreign Object Damage.
15.22 Engine Storage and Preservation — 2
Preservation and depreservation for the engine and accessories/systems.
MODULE 16. PISTON ENGINE
LEVEL
A B1 B3
16.1 Fundamentals 1 2 2
Mechanical, thermal and volumetric efficiencies;
Operating principles — 2 stroke, 4 stroke, Otto and Diesel;
Piston displacement and compression ratio;
Engine configuration and firing order.
16.2 Engine Performance 1 2 2
Power calculation and measurement;
Factors affecting engine power;
Mixtures/leaning, pre-ignition.
16.3 Engine Construction 1 2 2
Crank case, crank shaft, cam shafts, sumps;
Accessory gearbox;
Cylinder and piston assemblies;
Connecting rods, inlet and exhaust manifolds;
Valve mechanisms;
Propeller reduction gearboxes.
16.4 Engine Fuel Systems
16.4.1 Carburettors 1 2 2
Types, construction and principles of operation;
Icing and heating.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 203
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B3
16.4.2 Fuel injection systems 1 2 2
Types, construction and principles of operation.
16.4.3 Electronic engine control 1 2 2
Operation of engine control and fuel metering systems including electronic engine control
(FADEC);
Systems lay-out and components.
16.5 Starting and Ignition Systems 1 2 2
Starting systems, pre-heat systems;
Magneto types, construction and principles of operation;
Ignition harnesses, spark plugs;
Low and high tension systems.
16.6 Induction, Exhaust and Cooling Systems 1 2 2
Construction and operation of: induction systems including alternate air systems;
Exhaust systems, engine cooling systems — air and liquid.
16.7 Supercharging/Turbocharging 1 2 2
Principles and purpose of supercharging and its effects on engine parameters;
Construction and operation of supercharging/turbocharging systems;
System terminology;
Control systems;
System protection.
16.8 Lubricants and Fuels 1 2 2
Properties and specifications;
Fuel additives;
Safety precautions.
16.9 Lubrication Systems 1 2 2
System operation/lay-out and components.
16.10 Engine Indication Systems 1 2 2
Engine speed;
Cylinder head temperature;
Coolant temperature;
Exhaust Gas Temperature;
Fuel pressure and flow;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 204
▼B
LEVEL
A B1 B3
Manifold pressure.
16.11 Powerplant Installation 1 2 2
Configuration of firewalls, cowlings, acoustic panels, engine mounts, anti-vibration

mounts, hoses, pipes, feeders, connectors, wiring looms, control cables and rods, lifting
points and drains.
16.12 Engine Monitoring and Ground Operation 1 3 2
Procedures for starting and ground run-up;
Interpretation of engine power output and parameters;
Inspection of engine and components: criteria, tolerances, and data specified by engine
manufacturer.
16.13 Engine Storage and Preservation — 2 1
Preservation and depreservation for the engine and accessories/systems.
MODULE 17A. PROPELLER

LEVEL
A B1
17.1 Fundamentals 1 2
Blade element theory;
High/low blade angle, reverse angle, angle of attack, rotational speed;
Propeller slip;
Aerodynamic, centrifugal, and thrust forces;
Torque;
Relative airflow on blade angle of attack;
Vibration and resonance.
17.2 Propeller Construction 1 2
Construction methods and materials used in wooden, composite and metal

propellers;
Blade station, blade face, blade shank, blade back and hub assembly;
Fixed pitch, controllable pitch, constant speeding propeller;
Propeller/spinner installation.
17.3 Propeller Pitch Control 1 2
Speed control and pitch change methods, mechanical and electrical/electronic;
Feathering and reverse pitch;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 205
▼B
LEVEL
A B1
Overspeed protection.
17.4 Propeller Synchronising — 2
Synchronising and synchrophasing equipment.
17.5 Propeller Ice Protection 1 2
Fluid and electrical de-icing equipment.
17.6 Propeller Maintenance 1 3
Blade tracking;
Assessment of blade damage, erosion, corrosion, impact damage, delamination;
Propeller treatment/repair schemes;
Propeller engine running.
17.7 Propeller Storage and Preservation 1 2
Propeller preservation and depreservation.
MODULE 17B. PROPELLER

Note: The scope of this Module shall reflect the propeller technology of aeroplanes pertinent to the B3 category.
LEVEL
B3
17.1 Fundamentals 2
Blade element theory;
High/low blade angle, reverse angle, angle of attack, rotational speed;
Propeller slip;
Aerodynamic, centrifugal, and thrust forces;
Torque;
Relative airflow on blade angle of attack;
Vibration and resonance.
17.2 Propeller Construction 2
Construction methods and material used in wooden, composite and metal propellers;
Blade station, blade face, blade shank, blade back and hub assembly;
Fixed pitch, controllable pitch, constant speeding propeller;
Propeller/spinner installation.
17.3 Propeller Pitch Control 2
Speed control and pitch change methods, mechanical and electrical/electronic;
Feathering and reverse pitch;
Overspeed protection.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 206
▼B
LEVEL
B3
17.4 Propeller Synchronising 2
Synchronising and synchrophasing equipment.
17.5 Propeller Ice Protection 2
Fluid and electrical de-icing equipment.
17.6 Propeller Maintenance 2
Blade tracking;
Assessment of blade damage, erosion, corrosion, impact damage, delamination;
Propeller treatment/repair schemes;
Propeller engine running.
17.7 Propeller Storage and Preservation 2
Propeller preservation and depreservation.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 207
▼B
Appendix II
Basic examination standard
1. General
1.1. All basic examinations shall be carried out using the multi-choice question
format and essay questions as specified below. The incorrect alternatives
shall seem equally plausible to anyone ignorant of the subject. All of the
alternatives shall be clearly related to the question and of similar
vocabulary, grammatical construction and length. In numerical questions,
the incorrect answers shall correspond to procedural errors such as
corrections applied in the wrong sense or incorrect unit conversions:
they shall not be mere random numbers.
1.2. Each multi-choice question shall have three alternative answers of which
only one shall be the correct answer and the candidate shall be allowed a
time per module which is based upon a nominal average of 75 seconds per
question.
1.3. Each essay question requires the preparation of a written answer and the
candidate shall be allowed 20 minutes to answer each such question.
1.4. Suitable essay questions shall be drafted and evaluated using the
knowledge syllabus in Appendix I Modules 7A, 7B, 9A, 9B and 10.
1.5. Each question will have a model answer drafted for it, which will also
include any known alternative answers that may be relevant for other
subdivisions.
1.6. The model answer will also be broken down into a list of the important
points known as Key Points.
1.7. The pass mark for each module and sub-module multi-choice part of the
examination is 75 %.
1.8. The pass mark for each essay question is 75 % in that the candidates
answer shall contain 75 % of the required key points addressed by the
question and no significant error related to any required key point.
1.9. If either the multi-choice part only or the essay part only is failed, then it is
only necessary to retake the multi-choice or essay part, as appropriate.
1.10. Penalty marking systems shall not be used to determine whether a

candidate has passed.
1.11. A failed module may not be retaken for at least 90 days following the date
of the failed module examination, except in the case of a maintenance
training organisation approved in accordance with Annex IV (Part-147)
which conducts a course of retraining tailored to the failed subjects in
the particular module when the failed module may be retaken after 30
days.
1.12. The time periods required by point 66.A.25 apply to each individual
module examination, with the exception of those module examinations
which were passed as part of another category licence, where the licence
has already been issued.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 208
▼B
1.13. The maximum number of consecutive attempts for each module is three.
Further sets of three attempts are allowed with a 1 year waiting period
between sets.
The applicant shall confirm in writing to the approved maintenance

training organisation or the competent authority to which they apply for
an examination, the number and dates of attempts during the last year and
the organisation or the competent authority where these attempts took
place. The maintenance training organisation or the competent authority
is responsible for checking the number of attempts within the applicable
timeframes.
2. Number of questions per module

2.1. MODULE 1 — MATHEMATICS
Category A: 16 multi-choice and 0 essay questions. Time allowed 20
minutes.
Category B1: 32 multi-choice and 0 essay questions. Time allowed 40

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.
2.2. MODULE 2 — PHYSICS

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.
2.3. MODULE 3 — ELECTRICAL FUNDAMENTALS

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.
2.4. MODULE 4 — ELECTRONIC FUNDAMENTALS

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 209
▼B
2.5. MODULE 5 — DIGITAL TECHNIQUES/ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT
SYSTEMS
minutes.
Category B1.1 and B1.3: 40 multi-choice and 0 essay questions. Time

allowed 50 minutes.
Category B1.2 and B1.4: 20 multi-choice and 0 essay questions. Time

allowed 25 minutes.

minutes.

minutes.
2.6. MODULE 6 — MATERIALS AND HARDWARE

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.
2.7. MODULE 7A — MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

minutes plus 40 minutes.


MODULE 7B — MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

2.8. MODULE 8 — BASIC AERODYNAMICS

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.
2.9. MODULE 9A — HUMAN FACTORS

Category A: 20 multi-choice and 1 essay question. Time allowed 25
Category B1: 20 multi-choice and 1 essay question. Time allowed 25

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 210
▼B
MODULE 9B — HUMAN FACTORS

2.10. MODULE 10 — AVIATION LEGISLATION

Category A: 32 multi-choice and 1 essay question. Time allowed 40



2.11. MODULE 11A — TURBINE AEROPLANE AERODYNAMICS,

STRUCTURES AND SYSTEMS
minutes.
minutes.
MODULE 11B — PISTON AEROPLANE AERODYNAMICS,

minutes.
minutes.
MODULE 11C — PISTON AEROPLANE AERODYNAMICS,

minutes.
2.12. MODULE 12 — HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS, STRUCTURES

AND SYSTEMS:
minutes.
minutes.
2.13. MODULE 13 — AIRCRAFT AERODYNAMICS, STRUCTURES AND

SYSTEMS
minutes. Questions and time allowed may be split into two examinations as
appropriate.
2.14. MODULE 14 — PROPULSION

minutes.
2.15. MODULE 15 — GAS TURBINE ENGINE

minutes.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 211
▼B
minutes.
2.16. MODULE 16 — PISTON ENGINE

minutes.

minutes.

minutes.
2.17. MODULE 17A — PROPELLER

minutes.

minutes.
MODULE 17B — PROPELLER

minutes.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 212
▼B
Appendix III
Aircraft type training and examination standard
On the job training

1. General
Aircraft type training shall consist of theoretical training and examination,
and, except for the category C ratings, practical training and assessment.
(a) Theoretical training and examination shall comply with the following
requirements:
(i) Shall be conducted by a maintenance training organisation appro

priately approved in accordance with Annex IV (Part-147) or,
when conducted by other organisations, as directly approved by
(ii) Shall comply, except as permitted by the differences training

described in point (c), with:
the relevant elements defined in the mandatory part of the oper

ational suitability data established in accordance with Regulation
(EU) No 748/2012 or, if such elements are not available, the
standard described in point 3.1 of this Appendix, and
the type training examination standard described in point 4.1 of

this Appendix.
(iii) In the case of a category C person qualified by holding an

academic degree as specified in point 66.A.30(a)(5), the first
relevant aircraft type theoretical training shall be at the category
B1 or B2 level.
(iv) Shall have been started and completed within the 3 years
preceding the application for a type rating endorsement.
(b) Practical training and assessment shall comply with the following
requirements:
(i) Shall be conducted by a maintenance training organisation appro

priately approved in accordance with Annex IV (Part-147) or,
when conducted by other organisations, as directly approved by
(ii) Shall comply, except as permitted by the differences training

described in point (c), with:
the relevant elements defined in the mandatory part of the oper

ational suitability data established in accordance with Regulation
(EU) No 748/2012 or, if such elements are not available, the
standard described in point 3.2 of this Appendix, and
the type training assessment standard described in point 4.2 of this

Appendix.
(iii) Shall include a representative cross section of maintenance

activities relevant to the aircraft type.
(iv) Shall include demonstrations using equipment, components, simu

lators, other training devices or aircraft.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 213
▼B
(v) Shall have been started and completed within the 3 years
preceding the application for a type rating endorsement.
(c) Differences training
(i) Differences training is the training required in order to cover the

differences between two different aircraft type ratings of the same
manufacturer as determined by the Agency.
(ii) Differences training has to be defined on a case-to-case basis

taking into account the requirements contained in this Appendix
III in respect of both theoretical and practical elements of type
rating training.
(iii) A type rating shall only be endorsed on a licence after differences

training when the applicant also complies with one of the
following conditions:
— having already endorsed on the licence the aircraft type rating

from which the differences are being identified, or
— having completed the type training requirements for the

aircraft from which the differences are being identified.
2. Aircraft type training levels

The three levels listed below define the objectives, the depth of training
and the level of knowledge that the training is intended to achieve.
— Level 1: A brief overview of the airframe, systems and powerplant as

outlined in the Systems Description Section of the Aircraft Maintenance
Manual/Instructions for Continued Airworthiness.
Course objectives: Upon completion of Level 1 training, the student

will be able to:
(a) provide a simple description of the whole subject, using common

words and examples, using typical terms and identify safety
precautions related to the airframe, its systems and powerplant;
(b) identify aircraft manuals, maintenance practices important to the

airframe, its systems and powerplant;
(c) define the general layout of the aircraft's major systems;
(d) define the general layout and characteristics of the powerplant;
(e) identify special tooling and test equipment used with the aircraft.
— Level 2: Basic system overview of controls, indicators, principal

components, including their location and purpose, servicing and
minor troubleshooting. General knowledge of the theoretical and
practical aspects of the subject.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 214
▼B
Course objectives: In addition to the information contained in the Level
1 training, at the completion of Level 2 training, the student will be
able to:
(a) understand the theoretical fundamentals; apply knowledge in a

practical manner using detailed procedures;
(b) recall the safety precautions to be observed when working on or

near the aircraft, powerplant and systems;
(c) describe systems and aircraft handling particularly access, power

availability and sources;
(d) identify the locations of the principal components;
(e) explain the normal functioning of each major system, including

terminology and nomenclature;
(f) perform the procedures for servicing associated with the aircraft for
the following systems: Fuel, Power Plants, Hydraulics, Landing
Gear, Water/Waste, and Oxygen;
(g) demonstrate proficiency in use of crew reports and on-board

reporting systems (minor troubleshooting) and determine aircraft
airworthiness per the MEL/CDL;
(h) demonstrate the use, interpretation and application of appropriate

documentation including instructions for continued airworthiness,
maintenance manual, illustrated parts catalogue, etc.
— Level 3: Detailed description, operation, component location, removal/

installation and bite and troubleshooting procedures to maintenance
manual level.
Course objectives: In addition to the information contained in Level 1

and Level 2 training, at the completion of Level 3 training, the student
will be able to:
(a) demonstrate a theoretical knowledge of aircraft systems and

structures and interrelationships with other systems, provide a
detailed description of the subject using theoretical fundamentals
and specific examples and to interpret results from various sources
and measurements and apply corrective action where appropriate;
(b) perform system, powerplant, component and functional checks as

specified in the aircraft maintenance manual;
(c) demonstrate the use, interpret and apply appropriate documentation

including structural repair manual, troubleshooting manual, etc.;
(d) correlate information for the purpose of making decisions in respect

of fault diagnosis and rectification to maintenance manual level;
(e) describe procedures for replacement of components unique to

aircraft type.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 215
▼B
3. Aircraft type training standard
Although aircraft type training includes both theoretical and practical
elements, courses can be approved for the theoretical element, the
practical element or for a combination of both.
3.1. Theoretical element

(a) Objective:
On completion of a theoretical training course the student shall be able

to demonstrate, to the levels identified in the Appendix III syllabus, the
detailed theoretical knowledge of the aircraft's applicable systems,
structure, operations, maintenance, repair, and troubleshooting
according to approved maintenance data. The student shall be able
to demonstrate the use of manuals and approved procedures,
including the knowledge of relevant inspections and limitations.
(b) Level of training:
Training levels are those levels defined in point 2 above.
After the first type course for category C certifying staff all subsequent
courses need only be to level 1.
During a level 3 theoretical training, level 1 and 2 training material

may be used to teach the full scope of the chapter if required.
However, during the training the majority of the course material and
training time shall be at the higher level.
(c) Duration:
The theoretical training minimum tuition hours are contained in the

following table:
Category Hours
Aeroplanes with a maximum take-off mass above 30 000 kg:
B1.1 150
B1.2 120
B2 100
C 30
Aeroplanes with a maximum take-off mass equal or less than

30 000 kg and above 5 700 kg:
B1.1 120
B1.2 100
B2 100
C 25
Aeroplanes with a maximum take-off mass of 5 700 kg and

below (1)
B1.1 80
B1.2 60
B2 60
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 216
▼B
Category Hours
C 15
Helicopters (2)
B1.3 120
B1.4 100
B2 100
C 25
(1) For non-pressurised piston engine aeroplanes below 2 000 kg MTOM the
minimum duration can be reduced by 50 %.
(2) For helicopters in group 2 (as defined in point 66.A.42) the minimum
duration can be reduced by 30 %.
For the purpose of the table above, a tuition hour means 60 minutes of
teaching and exclude any breaks, examination, revision, preparation
and aircraft visit.
These hours apply only to theoretical courses for complete aircraft/

engine combinations according to the type rating as defined by the
Agency.
(d) Justification of course duration:
Training courses carried out in a maintenance training organisation

approved in accordance with Annex IV (Part-147) and courses
directly approved by the competent authority shall justify their hour
duration and the coverage of the full syllabus by a training needs
analysis based on:
— the design of the aircraft type, its maintenance needs and the types
of operation,
— detailed analysis of applicable chapters — see contents table in

point 3.1(e) below,
— detailed competency analysis showing that the objectives as stated

in point 3.1(a) above are fully met.
Where the training needs analysis shows that more hours are needed,
course lengths shall be longer than the minimum specified in the table.
Similarly, tuition hours of differences courses or other training course

combinations (such as combined B1/B2 courses), and in cases of theor
etical type training courses below the figures given in point 3.1(c)
above, these shall be justified to the competent authority by the
training needs analysis as described above.
In addition, the course must describe and justify the following:
— The minimum attendance required to the trainee, in order to meet

the objectives of the course.
— The maximum number of hours of training per day, taking into

account pedagogical and human factors principles.
If the minimum attendance required is not met, the certificate of recog

nition shall not be issued. Additional training may be provided by the
training organisation in order to meet the minimum attendance time.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 217
▼B
(e) Content:
As a minimum, the elements in the Syllabus below that are specific to

the aircraft type shall be covered. Additional elements introduced due
to type variations, technological changes, etc. shall also be included.
The training syllabus shall be focused on mechanical and electrical

aspects for B1 personnel, and electrical and avionic aspects for B2.
Level
Aeroplanes turbine Aeroplanes piston Helicopters turbine Helicopters piston Avionics
Chapters
Licence category. B1 C B1 C B1 C B1 C B2
Introduction module:
05 Time limits/maintenance checks 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
06 Dimensions/Areas (MTOM, etc.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
07 Lifting and Shoring 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
08 Levelling and weighing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
09 Towing and taxiing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10 Parking/mooring, Storing and Return to 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Service
11 Placards and Markings 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
12 Servicing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
20 Standard practices — only type particular 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Helicopters
18 Vibration and Noise Analysis (Blade — — — — 3 1 3 1 —

tracking)
60 Standard Practices Rotor — — — — 3 1 3 1 —

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 218
▼B
Level
Chapters
62 Rotors — — — — 3 1 3 1 1
62A Rotors — Monitoring and indicating — — — — 3 1 3 1 3
63 Rotor Drives — — — — 3 1 3 1 1
63A Rotor Drives — Monitoring and indi — — — — 3 1 3 1 3

cating
64 Tail Rotor — — — — 3 1 3 1 1
64A Tail rotor — Monitoring and indicating — — — — 3 1 3 1 3
65 Tail Rotor Drive — — — — 3 1 3 1 1
65A Tail Rotor Drive — Monitoring and indi — — — — 3 1 3 1 3

cating
66 Folding Blades/Pylon — — — — 3 1 3 1 —
67 Rotors Flight Control — — — — 3 1 3 1 —
53 Airframe Structure (Helicopter) — — — — 3 1 3 1 —
25 Emergency Flotation Equipment — — — — 3 1 3 1 1
Airframe structures
51 Standard practices and structures (damage 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1

classification, assessment and repair)
53 Fuselage 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
54 Nacelles/Pylons 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 219
▼B
Level
Chapters
55 Stabilisers 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
56 Windows 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
57 Wings 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
27A Flight Control Surfaces (All) 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
52 Doors 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
Zonal and Station Identification Systems. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Airframe systems:
21 Air Conditioning 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
21A Air Supply 3 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 2
21B Pressurisation 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
21C Safety and Warning Devices 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
22 Autoflight 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3
23 Communications 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3
24 Electrical Power 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
25 Equipment and Furnishings 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 1
25A Electronic Equipment including 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3

emergency equipment
26 Fire Protection 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
27 Flight Controls 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 220
▼B
Level
Chapters
27A Sys. Operation: Electrical/Fly-by-Wire 3 1 — — — — — — 3
28 Fuel Systems 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2
28A Fuel Systems — Monitoring and indi 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3

cating
29 Hydraulic Power 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2
29A Hydraulic Power — Monitoring and indi 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3

cating
30 Ice and Rain Protection 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
31 Indicating/Recording Systems 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
31A Instrument Systems 3 1 3 1 3 1 1 3 3
32 Landing Gear 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2
32A Landing Gear — Monitoring and indi 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3

cating
33 Lights 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
34 Navigation 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3
35 Oxygen 3 1 3 1 — — — — 2
36 Pneumatic 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2
36A Pneumatic — Monitoring and indicating 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
37 Vacuum 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2
38 Water/Waste 3 1 3 1 — — — — 2
41 Water Ballast 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 221
▼B
Level
Chapters
42 Integrated modular avionics 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3
44 Cabin Systems 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3
45 On-Board Maintenance System (or 3 1 3 1 3 1 — — 3

covered in 31)
46 Information Systems 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3
50 Cargo and Accessory Compartments 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 1
Turbine Engine
70 Standard Practices — Engines, 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
70A constructional arrangement and operation 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1

(Installation Inlet, Compressors,
Combustion Section, Turbine Section,
Bearings and Seals, Lubrication
Systems).
70B Engine Performance 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
71 Powerplant 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
72 Engine Turbine/Turbo Prop/Ducted Fan/ 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1

Unducted fan
73 Engine Fuel and Control 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
75 Air 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
76 Engine controls 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
78 Exhaust 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
79 Oil 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
80 Starting 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
82 Water Injections 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
83 Accessory Gear Boxes 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 222
▼B
Level
Chapters
84 Propulsion Augmentation 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 1
73A FADEC 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 3
74 Ignition 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 3
77 Engine Indicating Systems 3 1 — — 3 1 — — 3
49 Auxiliary Power Units (APUs) 3 1 — — — — — — 2
Piston Engine
70 Standard Practices — Engines — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
70A Constructional arrangement and operation — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1

(Installation, Carburettors, Fuel injection
systems, Induction, Exhaust and Cooling
Systems, Supercharging/Turbocharging,
Lubrication Systems).
70B Engine Performance — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
71 Powerplant — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
73 Engine Fuel and Control — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
76 Engine Control — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
79 Oil — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
80 Starting — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
81 Turbines — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
82 Water Injections — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
83 Accessory Gear Boxes — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
84 Propulsion Augmentation — — 3 1 — — 3 1 1
73A FADEC — — 3 1 — — 3 1 3
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 223
▼B
Level
Chapters
74 Ignition — — 3 1 — — 3 1 3
77 Engine Indication Systems — — 3 1 — — 3 1 3
Propellers
60A Standard Practices — Propeller 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
61 Propellers/Propulsion 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
61A Propeller Construction 3 1 3 1 — — — — —
61B Propeller Pitch Control 3 1 3 1 — — — — —
61C Propeller Synchronising 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
61D Propeller Electronic control 2 1 2 1 — — — — 3
61E Propeller Ice Protection 3 1 3 1 — — — — —
61F Propeller Maintenance 3 1 3 1 — — — — 1
(f) Multimedia Based Training (MBT) methods may be used to satisfy the
theoretical training element either in the classroom or in a virtual
controlled environment subject to the acceptance of the competent
authority approving the training course.
3.2. Practical element

(a) Objective:
The objective of practical training is to gain the required competence

in performing safe maintenance, inspections and routine work
according to the maintenance manual and other relevant instructions
and tasks as appropriate for the type of aircraft, for example troubles
hooting, repairs, adjustments, replacements, rigging and functional
checks. It includes the awareness of the use of all technical literature
and documentation for the aircraft, the use of specialist/special tooling
and test equipment for performing removal and replacement of
components and modules unique to type, including any on-wing main
tenance activity.
(b) Content:
At least 50 % of the crossed items in the table below, which are

relevant to the particular aircraft type, shall be completed as part of
the practical training.
Tasks crossed represent subjects that are important for practical

training purposes to ensure that the operation, function, installation
and safety significance of key maintenance tasks is adequately
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 224
▼B
addressed; particularly where these cannot be fully explained by theor
etical training alone. Although the list details the minimum practical
training subjects, other items may be added where applicable to the
particular aircraft type.
Tasks to be completed shall be representative of the aircraft and

systems both in complexity and in the technical input required to
complete that task. While relatively simple tasks may be included,
other more complex tasks shall also be incorporated and undertaken
as appropriate to the aircraft type.
Glossary of the table: LOC: Location; FOT: Functional/Operational

Test; SGH: Service and Ground Handling; R/I: Removal/Installation;
MEL: Minimum Equipment List; TS: TroubleShooting.
B1/B2 B1 B2
Chapters
LOC FOT SGH R/I MEL TS FOT SGH R/I MEL TS
Introduction module:
5 Time limits/maintenance checks X/X — — — — — — — — — —
6 Dimensions/Areas (MTOM, etc.) X/X — — — — — — — — — —
7 Lifting and Shoring X/X — — — — — — — — — —
8 Levelling and weighing X/X — X — — — — X — — —
9 Towing and taxiing X/X — X — — — — X — — —
10 Parking/mooring, Storing and Return X/X — X — — — — X — — —

to Service
11 Placards and Markings X/X — — — — — — — — — —
12 Servicing X/X — X — — — — X — — —
20 Standard practices — only type X/X — X — — — — X — — —

particular
Helicopters:
18 Vibration and Noise Analysis (Blade X/— — — — — X — — — — —

tracking)
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 225
▼B
B1/B2 B1 B2
Chapters
60 Standard Practices Rotor — only type X/X — X — — — — X — — —

specific
62 Rotors X/— — X X — X — — — — —
62A Rotors — Monitoring and indicating X/X X X X X X — — X — X
63 Rotor Drives X/— X — — — X — — — — —
63A Rotor Drives — Monitoring and indi X/X X — X X X — — X — X

cating
64 Tail Rotor X/— — X — — X — — — — —
64A Tail rotor -Monitoring and indicating X/X X — X X X — — X — X
65 Tail Rotor Drive X/— X — — — X — — — — —
65A Tail Rotor Drive — Monitoring and X/X X — X X X — — X — X

indicating
66 Folding Blades/Pylon X/— X X — — X — — — — —
67 Rotors Flight Control X/— X X — X X — — — — —
53 Airframe Structure (Helicopter)
Note: covered under Airframe struc

tures
25 Emergency Flotation Equipment X/X X X X X X X X — — —
Airframe structures:
51 Standard Practices and Structures

(damage classification, assessment
and repair)
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 226
▼B
B1/B2 B1 B2
Chapters
53 Fuselage X/— — — — — X — — — — —
54 Nacelles/Pylons X/— — — — — — — — — — —
55 Stabilisers X/— — — — — — — — — — —
56 Windows X/— — — — — X — — — — —
57 Wings X/— — — — — — — — — — —
27A Flight Control Surfaces X/— — — — — X — — — — —
52 Doors X/X X X — — — — X — — —
Airframe systems:
21 Air Conditioning X/X X X — X X X X — X X
21A Air Supply X/X X — — — — X — — — —
21B Pressurisation X/X X — — X X X — — X X
21C Safety and warning Devices X/X — X — — — — X — — —
22 Autoflight X/X — — — X — X X X X X
23 Communications X/X — X — X — X X X X X
24 Electrical Power X/X X X X X X X X X X X
25 Equipment and Furnishings X/X X X X — — X X X — —
25A Electronic Equipment including X/X X X X — — X X X — —

emergency equipment
26 Fire Protection X/X X X X X X X X X X X

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 227
▼B
B1/B2 B1 B2
Chapters
27 Flight Controls X/X X X X X X X — — — —
27A Sys. Operation: Electrical/Fly-by- X/X X X X X — X — X — X

Wire
28 Fuel Systems X/X X X X X X X X — X —
28A Fuel Systems — Monitoring and indi X/X X — — — — X — X — X

cating
29 Hydraulic Power X/X X X X X X X X — X —
29A Hydraulic Power — Monitoring and X/X X — X X X X — X X X

indicating
30 Ice and Rain Protection X/X X X — X X X X — X X
31 Indicating/Recording Systems X/X X X X X X X X X X X
31A Instrument Systems X/X X X X X X X X X X X
32 Landing Gear X/X X X X X X X X X X —
32A Landing Gear — Monitoring and X/X X — X X X X — X X X

indicating
33 Lights X/X X X — X — X X X X —
34 Navigation X/X — X — X — X X X X X
35 Oxygen X/— X X X — — X X — — —
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 228
▼B
B1/B2 B1 B2
Chapters
36 Pneumatic X/— X — X X X X — X X X
36A Pneumatic — Monitoring and indi X/X X X X X X X X X X X

cating
37 Vacuum X/— X — X X X — — — — —
38 Water/Waste X/— X X — — — X X — — —
41 Water Ballast X/— — — — — — — — — — —
42 Integrated modular avionics X/X — — — — — X X X X X
44 Cabin Systems X/X — — — — — X X X X X
45 On-Board Maintenance System (or X/X X X X X X X X X X X

covered in 31)
46 Information Systems X/X — — — — — X — X X X
50 Cargo and Accessory Compartments X/X — X — — — — — — — —
Turbine/Piston Engine Module:
70 Standard Practices — Engines — — — X — — — — X — — —

only type particular
70A Constructional arrangement and X/X — — — — — — — — — —

operation (Installation Inlet,
Compressors, Combustion Section,
Turbine Section, Bearings and Seals,
Lubrication Systems)
Turbine engines:
70B Engine Performance — — — — — X — — — — —

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 229
▼B
B1/B2 B1 B2
Chapters
71 Power Plant X/— X X — — — — X — — —
72 Engine Turbine/Turbo Prop/Ducted X/— — — — — — — — — — —

Fan/ Unducted fan
73 Engine Fuel and Control X/X X — — — — — — — — —
73A FADEC Systems X/X X — X X X X — X X X
74 Ignition X/X X — — — — X — — — —
75 Air X/— — — X — X — — — — —
76 Engine Controls X/— X — — — X — — — — —
77 Engine Indicating X/X X — — X X X — — X X
78 Exhaust X/— X — — X — — — — — —
79 Oil X/— — X X — — — — — — —
80 Starting X/— X — — X X — — — — —
82 Water Injection X/— X — — — — — — — — —
83 Accessory Gearboxes X/— — X — — — — — — — —
84 Propulsion Augmentation X/— X — — — — — — — — —
Auxiliary Power Units (APUs):
49 Auxiliary Power Units (APUs) X/— X X — — X — — — — —

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 230
▼B
B1/B2 B1 B2
Chapters
Piston Engines:
70 Standard Practices — Engines — — — X — — — — X — — —

only type particular
70A Constructional arrangement and X/X — — — — — — — — — —

operation (Installation Inlet,
Compressors, Combustion Section,
Turbine Section, Bearings and Seals,
Lubrication Systems)
70B Engine Performance — — — — — X — — — — —
71 Power Plant X/— X X — — — — X — — —
73 Engine Fuel and Control X/X X — — — — — — — — —
73A FADEC Systems X/X X — X X X X X X X X
74 Ignition X/X X — — — — X — — — —
76 Engine Controls X/— X — — — X — — — — —
77 Engine Indicating X/X X — — X X X — — X X
78 Exhaust X/— X — — X X — — — — —
79 Oil X/— — X X — — — — — — —
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 231
▼B
B1/B2 B1 B2
Chapters
80 Starting X/— X — — X X — — — — —
81 Turbines X/— X X X — X — — — — —
82 Water Injection X/— X — — — — — — — — —
83 Accessory Gearboxes X/— — X X — — — — — — —
84 Propulsion Augmentation X/— X — — — — — — — — —
Propellers:
60A Standard Practices — Propeller — — — X — — — — — — —
61 Propellers/Propulsion X/X X X — X X — — — — —
61A Propeller Construction X/X — X — — — — — — — —
61B Propeller Pitch Control X/— X — X X X — — — — —
61C Propeller Synchronising X/— X — — — X — — — X —
61D Propeller Electronic control X/X X X X X X X X X X X
61E Propeller Ice Protection X/— X — X X X — — — — —
61F Propeller Maintenance X/X X X X X X X X X X X

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 232
▼B
4. Type training examination and assessment standard
4.1. Theoretical element examination standard
After the theoretical portion of the aircraft type training has been
completed, a written examination shall be performed, which shall
comply with the following:
(a) Format of the examination is of the multi-choice type. Each multi-

choice question shall have 3 alternative answers of which only one
shall be the correct answer. The total time is based on the total number
of questions and the time for answering is based upon a nominal
average of 90 seconds per question.
(b) The incorrect alternatives shall seem equally plausible to anyone

ignorant of the subject. All the alternatives shall be clearly related to
the question and of similar vocabulary, grammatical construction and
length.
(c) In numerical questions, the incorrect answers shall correspond to

procedural errors such as the use of incorrect sense (+ versus -) or
incorrect measurement units. They shall not be mere random numbers.
(d) The level of examination for each chapter (1) shall be the one defined
in point 2 ‘Aircraft type training levels’. However, the use of a limited
number of questions at a lower level is acceptable.
(e) The examination shall be of the closed book type. No reference

material is permitted. An exception will be made for the case of
examining a B1 or B2 candidate's ability to interpret technical docu
ments.
(f) The number of questions shall be at least 1 question per hour of

instruction. The number of questions for each chapter and level shall
be proportionate to:
— the effective training hours spent teaching at that chapter and level,
— the learning objectives as given by the training needs analysis.
The competent authority of the Member State will assess the number
and the level of the questions when approving the course.
(g) The minimum examination pass mark is 75 %. When the type training
examination is split in several examinations, each examination shall be
passed with at least a 75 % mark. In order to be possible to achieve
exactly a 75 % pass mark, the number of questions in the examination
shall be a multiple of 4.
(h) Penalty marking (negative points for failed questions) is not to be used.
(i) End of module phase examinations cannot be used as part of the final
examination unless they contain the correct number and level of
questions required.
4.2. Practical element assessment standard

After the practical element of the aircraft type training has been completed,
an assessment must be performed, which must comply with the following:
(a) The assessment shall be performed by designated assessors appro

priately qualified.
(b) The assessment shall evaluate the knowledge and skills of the trainee.
(1) For the purpose of this point 4, a ‘chapter’ means each one of the rows preceded by a
number in the table contained in point 3.1(e).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 233
▼B
5. Type examination standard
Type examination shall be conducted by training organisations appro
priately approved under Part-147 or by the competent authority.
The examination shall be oral, written or practical assessment based, or a

combination thereof and it shall comply with the following requirements:
(a) Oral examination questions shall be open.
(b) Written examination questions shall be essay type or multi-choice

questions.
(c) Practical assessment shall determine a person's competence to perform

a task.
(d) Examinations shall be on a sample of chapters (1) drawn from point 3

type training/examination syllabus, at the indicated level.
(e) The incorrect alternatives shall seem equally plausible to anyone

ignorant of the subject. All of the alternatives shall be clearly related
to the question and of similar vocabulary, grammatical construction
and length.
(f) In numerical questions, the incorrect answers shall correspond to

procedural errors such as corrections applied in the wrong sense or
incorrect unit conversions: they shall not be mere random numbers.
(g) The examination shall ensure that the following objectives are met:
1. Properly discuss with confidence the aircraft and its systems.
2. Ensure safe performance of maintenance, inspections and routine

work according to the maintenance manual and other relevant
instructions and tasks as appropriate for the type of aircraft, for
example troubleshooting, repairs, adjustments, replacements,
rigging and functional checks such as engine run, etc., if required.
3. Correctly use all technical literature and documentation for the

aircraft.
4. Correctly use specialist/special tooling and test equipment, perform

removal and replacement of components and modules unique to
type, including any on-wing maintenance activity
(h) The following conditions apply to the examination:
1. The maximum number of consecutive attempts is three. Further sets

of three attempts are allowed with a 1 year waiting period between
sets. A waiting period of 30 days is required after the first failed
attempt within one set, and a waiting period of 60 days is required
after the second failed attempt.
The applicant shall confirm in writing to the maintenance training

organisation or the competent authority to which they apply for an
examination, the number and dates of attempts during the last year
and the maintenance training organisation or the competent
authority where these attempts took place. The maintenance
training organisation or the competent authority is responsible for
checking the number of attempts within the applicable timeframes.
(1) For the purpose of this point 5, a ‘chapter’ means each one of the rows preceded by a
number in the tables contained in points 3.1(e) and 3.2(b).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 234
▼B
2. The type examination shall be passed and the required practical
experience shall be completed within the 3 years preceding the
application for the rating endorsement on the aircraft maintenance
licence.
3. Type examination shall be performed with at least one examiner

present. The examiner(s) shall not have been involved in the appli
cant's training.
(i) A written and signed report shall be made by the examiner(s) to

explain why the candidate has passed or failed.
6. On the Job Training

On the Job Training (OJT) shall be approved by the competent authority
who has issued the licence.
It shall be conducted at and under the control of a maintenance organi

sation appropriately approved for the maintenance of the particular aircraft
type and shall be assessed by designated assessors appropriately qualified.
It shall have been started and completed within the 3 years preceding the
application for a type rating endorsement.
(a) Objective:
The objective of OJT is to gain the required competence and

experience in performing safe maintenance.
(b) Content:
OJT shall cover a cross section of tasks acceptable to the competent

authority. The OJT tasks to be completed shall be representative of the
aircraft and systems both in complexity and in the technical input
required to complete that task. While relatively simple tasks may be
included, other more complex maintenance tasks shall also be incor
porated and undertaken as appropriate to the aircraft type.
Each task shall be signed off by the student and countersigned by a

designated supervisor. The tasks listed shall refer to an actual job
card/work sheet, etc.
The final assessment of the completed OJT is mandatory and shall be

performed by a designated assessor appropriately qualified.
The following data shall be addressed on the OJT worksheets/logbook:
1. Name of Trainee;
2. Date of Birth;
3. Approved Maintenance Organisation;
4. Location;
5. Name of supervisor(s) and assessor, (including licence number if

applicable);
6. Date of task completion;

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 235
▼B
7. Description of task and job card/work order/tech log, etc.;
8. Aircraft type and aircraft registration;
9. Aircraft rating applied for.
In order to facilitate the verification by the competent authority, demon
stration of the OJT shall consist of (i) detailed worksheets/logbook and (ii)
a compliance report demonstrating how the OJT meets the requirement of
this Part.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 236
▼B
Appendix IV
Experience requirements for extending a Part-66 aircraft maintenance

licence
The table below shows the experience requirements for adding a new category or
subcategory to an existing Part-66 licence.
The experience shall be practical maintenance experience on operating aircraft in
the subcategory relevant to the application.
The experience requirement will be reduced by 50 % if the applicant has
completed an approved Part-147 course relevant to the subcategory.
To
A1 A2 A3 A4 B1.1 B1.2 B1.3 B1.4 B2 B3
From
A1 — 6 months 6 months 6 months 2 years 6 months 2 years 1 year 2 years 6 months
A2 6 months — 6 months 6 months 2 years 6 months 2 years 1 year 2 years 6 months
A3 6 months 6 months — 6 months 2 years 1 year 2 years 6 months 2 years 1 year
A4 6 months 6 months 6 months — 2 years 1 year 2 years 6 months 2 years 1 year
B1.1 None 6 months 6 months 6 months — 6 months 6 months 6 months 1 year 6 months
B1.2 6 months None 6 months 6 months 2 years — 2 years 6 months 2 years None
B1.3 6 months 6 months None 6 months 6 months 6 months — 6 months 1 year 6 months
B1.4 6 months 6 months 6 months None 2 years 6 months 2 years — 2 years 6 months
B2 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year — 1 year
B3 6 months None 6 months 6 months 2 years 6 months 2 years 1 year 2 years —

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 237
▼M2
Appendix V
Application Form — EASA Form 19:

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 238
▼M2
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 239
▼M2
Appendix VI
Aircraft Maintenance Licence referred to in Annex III (Part-66):

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 240
▼M2
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 241
▼B
ANNEX IV
(Part-147)
CONTENTS
147.1
147.A.05 Scope
147.A.10 General
SUBPART B — ORGANISATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
147.A.110 Records of instructors, examiners and assessors
147.A.115 Instructional equipment
147.A.120 Maintenance training material
147.A.125 Records
147.A.130 Training procedures and quality system
147.A.135 Examinations
147.A.140 Maintenance training organisation exposition
147.A.145 Privileges of the maintenance training organisation
147.A.150 Changes to the maintenance training organisation
147.A.160 Findings
SUBPART C — APPROVED BASIC TRAINING COURSE
147.A.200 The approved basic training course
147.A.205 Basic knowledge examinations
147.A.210 Basic practical assessment
SUBPART D — AIRCRAFT TYPE/TASK TRAINING
147.A.300 Aircraft type/task training
147.A.305 Aircraft type examinations and task assessments

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 242
▼B
147.B.05 Scope
147.B.25 Exemptions
SUBPART B — ISSUE OF AN APPROVAL
147.B.110 Procedure for approval and changes to the approval
147.B.120 Continued validity procedure
147.B.125 Maintenance training organisation approval certificate
147.B.130 Findings
SUBPART C — REVOCATION, SUSPENSION AND LIMITATION OF

THE MAINTENANCE TRAINING ORGANISATION
APPROVAL
147.B.200 Revocation, suspension and limitation of the maintenance

training organisation approval
Appendix I — Basic Training Course Duration
Appendix II — Maintenance Training Organisation Approval referred to in

Annex IV (Part-147) — EASA Form 11
Appendix III — Certificates of Recognition referred to in Annex IV (Part-147)

— EASA Forms 148 and 149
147.1
1. for the organisations having their principle place of business located in the
territory of a Member State, the authority designated by that Member State;
2. for the organisations having their principle place of business located in a third
country, the Agency.
SECTION A
SUBPART A
GENERAL
147.A.05 Scope
This section establishes the requirements to be met by organisations
seeking approval to conduct training and examination as specified in
147.A.10 General
A training organisation shall be an organisation or part of an organi
sation registered as a legal entity.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 243
▼B
(a) An application for an approval or for the change of an existing
approval shall be made on a form and in a manner established by
(b) An application for an approval or change to an approval shall

include the following information:
1. the registered name and address of the applicant;
2. the address of the organisation requiring the approval or

change to the approval;
3. the intended scope of approval or change to the scope of

approval;
4. the name and signature of the accountable manager;
5. the date of application.
SUBPART B
ORGANISATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

(a) The size and structure of facilities shall ensure protection from
the prevailing weather elements and proper operation of all
planned training and examination on any particular day.
(b) Fully enclosed appropriate accommodation separate from other

facilities shall be provided for the instruction of theory and the
conduct of knowledge examinations.
1. The maximum number of students undergoing knowledge

training during any training course shall not exceed 28.
2. The size of accommodation for examination purposes shall be

such that no student can read the paperwork or computer
screen of any other student from his/her position during exam
inations.
(c) The point (b) accommodation environment shall be maintained

such that students are able to concentrate on their studies or
examination as appropriate, without undue distraction or
discomfort.
(d) In the case of a basic training course, basic training workshops

and/or maintenance facilities separate from training classrooms
shall be provided for practical instruction appropriate to the
planned training course. If, however, the organisation is unable
to provide such facilities, arrangements may be made with
another organisation to provide such workshops and/or main
tenance facilities, in which case a written agreement shall be
made with such organisation specifying the conditions of
access and use thereof. The competent authority shall require
access to any such contracted organisation and the written
agreement shall specify this access.
(e) In the case of an aircraft type/task training course access, shall be

provided to appropriate facilities containing examples of aircraft
type as specified in point 147.A.115(d).
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 244
▼B
(f) The maximum number of students undergoing practical training
during any training course shall not exceed 15 per supervisor or
assessor.
(g) Office accommodation shall be provided for instructors,

knowledge examiners and practical assessors of a standard to
ensure that they can prepare for their duties without undue
distraction or discomfort.
(h) Secure storage facilities shall be provided for examination papers

and training records. The storage environment shall be such that
documents remain in good condition for the retention period as
specified in point 147.A.125. The storage facilities and office
accommodation may be combined, subject to adequate security.
(i) A library shall be provided containing all technical material

appropriate to the scope and level of training undertaken.

(a) The organisation shall appoint an accountable manager who has
corporate authority for ensuring that all training commitments
can be financed and carried out to the standard required by
this Part.
(b) A person or group of persons, whose responsibilities include

ensuring that the maintenance training organisation is in
compliance the requirements of this Part, shall be nominated.
Such person(s) must be responsible to the accountable
manager. The senior person or one person from the group of
persons may also be the accountable manager subject to
meeting the requirements for the accountable manager as
defined in point (a).
(c) The maintenance training organisation shall contract sufficient

staff to plan/perform knowledge and practical training, conduct
knowledge examinations and practical assessments in accordance
with the approval.
(d) By derogation to point (c), when another organisation is used to

provide practical training and assessments, such other organi
sation's staff may be nominated to carry out practical training
and assessments.
(e) Any person may carry out any combination of the roles of
instructor, examiner and assessor, subject to compliance with
point (f).
(f) The experience and qualifications of instructors, knowledge

examiners and practical assessors shall be established in
accordance with criteria published or in accordance with a
procedure and to a standard agreed by the competent authority.
(g) The knowledge examiners and practical assessors shall be

specified in the organisation exposition for the acceptance of
such staff.
(h) Instructors and knowledge examiners shall undergo updating

training at least every 24 months relevant to current technology,
practical skills, human factors and the latest training techniques
appropriate to the knowledge being trained or examined.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 245
▼B
147.A.110 Records of instructors, examiners and assessors
(a) The organisation shall maintain a record of all instructors,
knowledge examiners and practical assessors. These records
shall reflect the experience and qualification, training history
and any subsequent training undertaken.
(b) Terms of reference shall be drawn up for all instructors,

knowledge examiners and practical assessors.
147.A.115 Instructional equipment

(a) Each classroom shall have appropriate presentation equipment of
a standard that ensures students can easily read presentation text/
drawings/diagrams and figures from any position in the
classroom.
Presentation equipment shall include representative synthetic

training devices to assist students in their understanding of the
particular subject matter where such devices are considered
beneficial for such purposes.
(b) The basic training workshops and/or maintenance facilities as

specified in point 147.A.100(d) must have all tools and
equipment necessary to perform the approved scope of training.
(c) The basic training workshops and/or maintenance facilities as

specified in point 147.A.100(d) must have an appropriate
selection of aircraft, engines, aircraft parts and avionic
equipment.
(d) The aircraft type training organisation as specified in point

147.A.100(e) must have access to the appropriate aircraft type.
Synthetic training devices may be used when such synthetic
training devices ensure adequate training standards.
147.A.120 Maintenance training material

(a) Maintenance training course material shall be provided to the
student and cover as applicable:
1. the basic knowledge syllabus specified in Annex III (Part-66)

for the relevant aircraft maintenance licence category or
subcategory and,
2. the type course content required by Annex III (Part-66) for the
relevant aircraft type and aircraft maintenance licence category
or subcategory.
(b) Students shall have access to examples of maintenance documen

tation and technical information of the library as specified in
point 147.A.100(i).
147.A.125 Records
The organisation shall keep all student training, examination and
assessment records for an unlimited period
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 246
▼B
147.A.130 Training procedures and quality system
(a) The organisation shall establish procedures acceptable to the
competent authority to ensure proper training standards and
compliance with all relevant requirements in this Part.
(b) The organisation shall establish a quality system including:
1. an independent audit function to monitor training standards,

the integrity of knowledge examinations and practical assess
ments, compliance with and adequacy of the procedures, and
2. a feedback system of audit findings to the person(s) and ulti

mately to the accountable manager referred to in point
147.A.105(a) to ensure, as necessary, corrective action.
147.A.135 Examinations
(a) The examination staff shall ensure the security of all questions.
(b) Any student found during a knowledge examination to be

cheating or in possession of material pertaining to the exam
ination subject other than the examination papers and associated
authorised documentation shall be disqualified from taking the
examination and may not take any examination for at least 12
months after the date of the incident. The competent authority
shall be informed of any such incident together with the details
of any enquiry within one calendar month.
(c) Any examiner found during a knowledge examination to be

providing question answers to any student being examined
shall be disqualified from acting as an examiner and the exam
ination declared void. The competent authority must be informed
of any such occurrence within one calendar month.
147.A.140 Maintenance training organisation exposition

(a) The organisation shall provide an exposition for use by the
organisation describing the organisation and its procedures and
containing the following information:
1. a statement signed by the accountable manager confirming

that the maintenance training organisation exposition and any
associated manuals define the maintenance training organi
sation's compliance with this Part and shall be complied with
at all times.
2. the title(s) and name(s) of the person(s) nominated in

accordance with point 147.A.105(b).
3. the duties and responsibilities of the person(s) specified in

point 2, including matters on which they may deal directly
with the competent authority on behalf of the maintenance
training organisation.
4. a maintenance training organisation chart showing associated

chains of responsibility of the person(s) specified in point
(a)(2).
5. a list of the training instructors, knowledge examiners and

practical assessors.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 247
▼B
6. a general description of the training and examination
facilities located at each address specified in the maintenance
training organisation's approval certificate, and if appropriate
any other location, as required by point 147.A.145(b).
7. a list of the maintenance training courses which form the

extent of the approval.
8. the maintenance training organisation's exposition

amendment procedure.
9. the maintenance training organisation's procedures, as

required by point 147.A.130(a).
10. the maintenance training organisation's control procedure, as

required by 147.A.145(c), when authorised to conduct
training, examination and assessments in locations different
from those specified in point 147.A.145(b).
11. a list of the locations pursuant to point 147.A.145(b).
12. a list of organisations, if appropriate, as specified in point

147.A.145(d).
(b) The maintenance training organisation's exposition and any

subsequent amendments shall be approved by the competent
authority.
(c) Notwithstanding point (b) minor amendments to the exposition

may be approved through an exposition procedure (hereinafter
called indirect approval).
147.A.145 Privileges of the maintenance training organisation

(a) The maintenance training organisation may carry out the
following as permitted by and in accordance with the main
tenance training organisation exposition:
1. basic training courses to the Annex III (Part-66) syllabus, or

part thereof.
2. aircraft type/task training courses in accordance with Annex

III (Part-66).
3. the examinations on behalf of the competent authority,

including the examination of students who did not attend
the basic or aircraft type training course at the maintenance
training organisation.
4. the issue of certificates in accordance with Appendix III

following successful completion of the approved basic or
aircraft type training courses and examinations specified in
points (a)(1), (a)(2) and (a)(3), as applicable.
(b) Training, knowledge examinations and practical assessments may

only be carried out at the locations identified in the approval
certificate and/or at any location specified in the maintenance
training organisation exposition.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 248
▼B
(c) By derogation to point (b), the maintenance training organisation
may only conduct training, knowledge examinations and practical
assessments in locations different from the point (b) locations in
accordance with a control procedure specified in the maintenance
training organisation exposition. Such locations need not be listed
in the maintenance training organisation exposition.
(d) 1. The maintenance training organisation may subcontract the

conduct of basic theoretical training, type training and
related examinations to a non maintenance training organi
sation only when under the control of the maintenance
training organisation quality system.
2. The subcontracting of basic theoretical training and exam

ination is limited to Annex III (Part-66), Appendix I,
Modules 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 and 10.
3. The subcontracting of type training and examination is limited

to powerplant and avionic systems.
(e) An organisation may not be approved to conduct examinations

unless approved to conduct the corresponding training.
(f) By derogation from point (e), an organisation approved to

provide basic knowledge training or type training may also be
approved to provide type examination in the cases where type
training is not required.
147.A.150 Changes to the maintenance training organisation

(a) The maintenance training organisation shall notify the competent
authority of any proposed changes to the organisation that affect
the approval before any such change takes place, in order to
enable the competent authority to determine continued
compliance with this Part and to amend if necessary the main
tenance training organisation approval certificate.
(b) The competent authority may prescribe the conditions under

which the maintenance training organisation may operate
during such changes unless the competent authority determines
that the maintenance training organisation approval must be
suspended.
(c) Failure to inform the competent authority of such changes may

result in suspension or revocation of the maintenance training
organisation approval certificate backdated to the actual date of
the changes.

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 249
▼B
findings as specified in point 147.B.130; and
2. the competent authority being granted access to the organi

sation to determine continued compliance with this Annex
(Part-147); and
3. the certificate not being surrendered or revoked.
(b) Upon surrender or revocation, the approval shall be returned to

147.A.160 Findings
(a) A level 1 finding is one or more of the following:
1. any significant non-compliance with the examination process

which would invalidate the examination(s),
2. failure to give the competent authority access to the organi

sation's facilities during normal operating hours after two
written requests,
3. the lack of an accountable manager,
4. a significant non-compliance with the training process.
(b) A level 2 finding is any non-compliance with the training process

other than level 1 findings.

147.B.130, the holder of the maintenance training organisation
approval shall define a corrective action plan and demonstrate
corrective action to the satisfaction of the competent authority
within a period agreed with this authority.
SUBPART C
APPROVED BASIC TRAINING COURSE

147.A.200 The approved basic training course
(a) The approved basic training course shall consist of knowledge
training, knowledge examination, practical training and a
practical assessment.
(b) The knowledge training element shall cover the subject matter for
a category or subcategory aircraft maintenance licence as
specified in Annex III (Part-66).
(c) The knowledge examination element shall cover a representative

cross section of subject matter from the point (b) training
element.
(d) The practical training element shall cover the practical use of
common tooling/equipment, the disassembly/assembly of a repre
sentative selection of aircraft parts and the participation in repre
sentative maintenance activities being carried out relevant to the
particular Part-66 complete module.
(e) The practical assessment element shall cover the practical

training and determine whether the student is competent at
using tools and equipment and working in accordance with main
tenance manuals.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 250
▼B
(f) The duration of basic training courses shall be in accordance with
Appendix I.
(g) The duration of conversion courses between (sub)categories shall

be determined through an assessment of the basic training
syllabus and the related practical training needs.
147.A.205 Basic knowledge examinations

Basic knowledge examinations shall:
(a) be in accordance with the standard defined in Annex III (Part-

66).
(b) be conducted without the use of training notes.
(c) cover a representative cross section of subjects from the

particular module of training completed in accordance with
147.A.210 Basic practical assessment

(a) Basic practical assessments shall be carried out during the basic
maintenance training course by the nominated practical assessors
at the completion of each visit period to the practical workshops/
maintenance facility.
(b) The student shall achieve an assessed pass with respect to point
147.A.200(e).
SUBPART D
AIRCRAFT TYPE/TASK TRAINING
147.A.300 Aircraft type/task training

A maintenance training organisation shall be approved to carry out
Annex III (Part-66) aircraft type and/or task training subject to
compliance with the standard specified in point 66.A.45.
147.A.305 Aircraft type examinations and task assessments

A maintenance training organisation approved in accordance with
point 147.A.300 to conduct aircraft type training shall conduct the
aircraft type examinations or aircraft task assessments specified in
Annex III (Part-66) subject to compliance with the aircraft type
and/or task standard specified in point 66.A.45 of Annex III (Part-
66).
SECTION B
PROCEDURES FOR COMPETENT AUTHORITIES
SUBPART A
GENERAL
147.B.05 Scope
This section establishes the administrative requirements to be followed
by the competent authorities in charge of the application and the
enforcement of Section A of this Part.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 251
▼B
147.B.10 Competent Authority
(a) General
revocation of certificates under this Annex (Part-147). This
competent authority shall establish documented procedures and an
organisational structure.
(b) Resources
The competent authority shall be appropriately staffed to carry out the
requirements of this Part.
(c) Procedures
compliance with this Annex (Part-147) is accomplished.
The procedures shall be reviewed and amended to ensure continued

compliance.
(d) Qualification and training

All staff involved in approvals related to this Annex must:
1. Be appropriately qualified and have all necessary knowledge,

experience and training to perform their allocated tasks.
2. Have received training and continuation training on Annex III (Part-

66) and Annex IV (Part-147) where relevant, including its intended
meaning and standard.
(a) The competent authority shall establish a system of record-keeping
that allows adequate traceability of the process to issue, renew,
continue, vary, suspend or revoke each approval.
(b) The records for the oversight of maintenance training organisations

shall include as a minimum:
1. the application for an organisation approval.
2. the organisation approval certificate including any changes.
3. a copy of the audit program listing the dates when audits are
4. continued oversight records including all audit records.
5. copies of all relevant correspondence.
6. details of any exemption and enforcement actions.

oversight of the organisation.
8. organisation exposition and amendments.
(c) The minimum retention period for the point (b) records shall be
four years.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 252
▼B
147.B.25 Exemptions
(a) The competent authority may exempt a State education department
school from:
1. being an organisation as specified in point 147.A.10.
2. having an accountable manager, subject to the limitation that the

department appoint a senior person to manage the training
organisation and such person has a budget sufficient to
operate the organisation to the standard of this Annex (Part-
147).
3. having recourse to the independent audit part of a quality

system subject to the department operating an independent
schools inspectorate to audit the maintenance training organi
sation at the frequency required by this Part.
(b) All exemptions granted in accordance with Article 14(4) of Regu

lation (EC) No 216/2008 shall be recorded and retained by the
SUBPART B
ISSUE OF AN APPROVAL
This Subpart provides the requirements to issue or vary the maintenance training
organisation approval.
147.B.110 Procedure for approval and changes to the approval

(a) Upon receipt of an application, the competent authority shall:
1. review the maintenance training organisation exposition; and
2. verify the organisation's compliance with the requirement of

Annex IV (Part-147).
(b) All findings identified shall be recorded and confirmed in writing

to the applicant.
(c) All findings shall be closed in accordance with point 147.B.130

before the approval is issued.
(d) The reference number shall be included on the approval

147.B.120 Continued validity procedure

(a) Each organisation shall be completely audited for compliance
with this Annex (Part-147) at periods not exceeding 24
months. This shall include the monitoring of at least one
training course and one examination performed by the main
tenance training organisation.
(b) Findings shall be processed in accordance with point 147.B.130.
147.B.125 Maintenance training organisation approval certificate

The maintenance training organisation approval certificate format
shall be as detailed in Appendix II.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 253
▼B
147.B.130 Findings
(a) Failure to complete the rectification of any level 1 finding within
three days of written notification shall entail revocation,
suspension or limitation by the competent authority, of the main
tenance training organisation approval in whole or in part.
(b) Action shall be taken by the competent authority to revoke, limit
or suspend in whole or part the approval in case of failure to
comply within the time scale granted by the competent authority
in the case of a level 2 finding.
SUBPART C
REVOCATION, SUSPENSION AND LIMITATION OF THE MAINTENANCE

TRAINING ORGANISATION APPROVAL
147.B.200 Revocation, suspension and limitation of the maintenance

training organisation approval
(a) suspend an approval on reasonable grounds in the case of
potential safety threat; or
(b) suspend, revoke or limit an approval pursuant to 147.B.130.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 254
▼B
Appendix I
Basic training course duration
The minimum duration of a complete basic training course shall be as follows:
Theoretical training ratio (in

Basic Course Duration (in hours)
%)
A1 800 30 to 35
A2 650 30 to 35
A3 800 30 to 35
A4 800 30 to 35
B1.1 2 400 50 to 60
B1.2 2 000 50 to 60
B1.3 2 400 50 to 60
B1.4 2 400 50 to 60
B2 2 400 50 to 60
B3 1 000 50 to 60
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 255
▼M1
Appendix II
Maintenance Training Organisation Approval referred to in Annex IV (Part-147) — EASA Form 11

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 256
▼M1
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 257
▼M1
Appendix III
Certificates of Recognition referred to in Annex IV (Part-147) — EASA Forms 148 and 149
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 258
▼M1
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 259
▼B
ANNEX V
Repealed Regulation with list of its successive amendments
Commission Regulation (EC) No (OJ L 315, 28.11.2003, p. 1)

2042/2003
707/2006
376/2007
1056/2008
Commission Regulation (EU) No (OJ L 40, 13.2.2010, p. 4)
127/2010
962/2010
1149/2011
593/2012
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 260
▼M2
ANNEX Va
PART-T
Contents
T.1 Competent authority
Section A — Technical requirements
Subpart A — GENERAL
T.A.101 Scope
Subpart B — REQUIREMENTS
T.A.201 Responsibilities
Subpart E — MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
Subpart G — ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUING

AIRWORTHINESS MANAGEMENT ORGANISATIONS
APPROVED PURSUANT TO ANNEX I (PART-M)
SUBPART G
T.A.701 Scope
T.A.704 Continuing airworthiness management exposition
T.A.706 Personnel requirements
T.A.708 Continuing airworthiness management
T.A.709 Documentation
T.A.711 Privileges
T.A.712 Quality system
T.A.714 Record-keeping
T.A.715 Continued validity of approval
T.A.716 Findings
Section B — Procedures for competent authorities
Subpart A — GENERAL
T.B.101 Scope
T.B.102 Competent authority
T.B.104 Record-keeping
Subpart B — ACCOUNTABILITY
T.B.201 Responsibilities
T.B.202 Findings
Subpart G — ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUING

AIRWORTHINESS MANAGEMENT ORGANISATIONS
APPROVED PURSUANT TO ANNEX I (PART-M)
SUBPART G
T.B.704 Continuing oversight
T.B.705 Findings
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 261
▼M2
T.1 Competent authority
For the purpose of this Part, the competent authority for the oversight of the
aircraft and the organisations shall be the authority designated by the
Member State that has issued the Air Operator Certificate to the operator.
SECTION A
SUBPART A
GENERAL
T.A.101 Scope
This section establishes requirements to ensure that continuing
airworthiness of aircraft referred to in Article 1(b) is maintained in
compliance with the essential requirements of Annex IV to Regulation
(EC) No 216/2008
It also specifies the conditions to be met by the persons and organi

sations responsible for management of the continuing airworthiness and
maintenance of such aircraft.
SUBPART B
T.A.201 Responsibilities
1. (a) The operator is responsible for the airworthiness of the aircraft
and it shall ensure that it is not operated unless the aircraft has a
type certificate issued or validated by the Agency;
(b) the aircraft is in an airworthy condition;
(c) the aircraft holds a valid certificate of airworthiness issued in

accordance with ICAO Annex 8;
(d) the maintenance of the aircraft is performed in accordance with a

maintenance programme which shall comply with the
requirements of the State of Registry and the applicable
requirements of ICAO Annex 6.
(e) any defect or damage affecting the safe operation of the aircraft
is rectified to a standard acceptable to the State of Registry;
(f) the aircraft complies with any applicable:
(i) airworthiness directive or continued airworthiness

requirement issued or adopted by the State of Registry; and
(ii) mandatory safety information issued by the Agency,

including airworthiness directives;
(g) a release to service is issued to the aircraft after maintenance by

qualified organisations in compliance with the State of Registry
requirements. The signed release to service shall contain, in
particular, the basic details of the maintenance carried out.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 262
▼M2
(h) the aircraft is inspected, through a pre-flight inspection, before
each flight
(i) all modifications and repairs comply with the airworthiness

requirements established by the State of Registry
(j) the following aircraft records are available until the information
contained has been superseded by new information equivalent in
scope and detail but not less than 24 months:
(1) the total time in service (hours, cycles and calendar time, as
appropriate) of the aircraft and all life-limited components;
(2) current status of compliance with T.A.201 (1)(f) require

ments;
(3) current status of compliance with the maintenance

programme;
(4) current status of modifications and repairs together with

appropriate details and substantiating data to demonstrate
that they comply with the requirements established by the
State of Registry.
2. The tasks specified in T.A.201 (1) shall be controlled by the oper

ator's continuing airworthiness management organisation. For this
purpose the organisation shall comply with the additional
requirements of T.A. Subpart G
3. The continuing airworthiness management organisation referred to in

(2) shall ensure that the maintenance and release of the aircraft are
performed by a maintenance organisation meeting the requirements
of Subpart E. For this purpose, when the continuing airworthiness
management organisation does not meet the requirements of subpart
E itself, it shall establish a contract with such organisations.
SUBPART E
The continuing airworthiness management organisation shall ensure that the

aircraft and its components are maintained by organisations complying with
the following requirements:
(1) The organisation holds a maintenance organisation approval issued or

acceptable to the State of Registry.
(2) The scope of approval of the organisation includes the appropriate aircraft
and/or component capability.
(3) The organisation has established an occurrence reporting system which

ensures that any identified condition of an aircraft or component which
endangers the flight safety is reported to the operator, the competent
authority of the operator, the organisation responsible for the type design
or supplemental type design and the continuing airworthiness management
organisation.
(4) The organisation has established an organisation's manual providing a

description of all the procedures of the organisation.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 263
▼M2
SUBPART G
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS
MANAGEMENT ORGANISATIONS APPROVED PURSUANT TO ANNEX
I (PART-M) SUBPART G
T.A.701 Scope
This Subpart establishes the requirements to be met in addition to the
requirements of Part-M Subpart G by an organisation approved in
accordance with Part-M Subpart G to control the tasks specified in
T.A.201
T.A.704 Continuing airworthiness management exposition

In addition to the requirements of M.A.704, the exposition shall contain
procedures specifying how the continuing airworthiness management
organisation ensures compliance with Part-T
T.A.706 Personnel requirements

In addition to the requirements of M.A.706, the M.A.706 (c) and (d)
personnel shall have adequate knowledge of the applicable third country
regulations.
T.A.708 Continuing airworthiness management

Notwithstanding M.A.708, for aircraft managed under the requirements
of Part-T the approved continuing airworthiness management organi
sation shall:
(a) ensure that the aircraft is taken to a maintenance organisation

whenever necessary;
(b) ensure that all maintenance is carried out in accordance with the
maintenance programme;
(c) ensure the application of the T.A.201 (1)(f) mandatory information;
(d) ensure that all defects discovered during scheduled maintenance or

reported are corrected by the maintenance organisation in
accordance with the maintenance data acceptable to the State of
Registry;
(e) coordinate scheduled maintenance, the application of the T.A.201

(1)(f) mandatory information, the replacement of life-limited parts,
and component inspection to ensure the work is carried out
properly;
(f) manage and archive the continuing airworthiness records required

by T.A.201 (1)(j);
(g) ensure that modifications and repairs are approved in accordance

with the requirements of the State of Registry.
T.A.709 Documentation
Notwithstanding M.A.709(a) and (b), for every aircraft managed
following the requirements of Part-T the continuing airworthiness
management organisation shall hold and use applicable maintenance
data acceptable to the State of Registry.
T.A.711 Privileges
A continuing airworthiness management organisation approved in
accordance with Part-M Subpart G may perform the tasks specified
in T.A.708 for the aircraft included in its Air Operator Certificate
provided that the organisation has established procedures, approved
by the competent authority, to ensure compliance with Part-T.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 264
▼M2
T.A.712 Quality system
In addition to the requirements of M.A.712, the continuing
airworthiness management organisation shall ensure that the quality
system monitors that all the activities under this Subpart are
performed in accordance with the approved procedures.
T.A.714 Record-keeping
In addition to the requirements of M.A.714(a), the organisation shall
keep the records required by T.A.201(1)(j).
T.A.715 Continued validity of approval
In addition to the conditions of M.A.715(a) for an organisation

managing the continuing airworthiness pursuant this Subpart, the
approval shall remain valid subject to:
(a) the organisation complying with the applicable requirements of

Part-T; and
(b) the organisation ensuring that any person authorised by the

competent authority is granted access to any of its facilities,
aircraft or documents related to its activities, including any subcon
tracted activities, to determine compliance with this Part.
T.A.716 Findings
After receipt of notification of findings according to T.B.705, the
continuing airworthiness management organisation approval shall
define a corrective action plan and demonstrate corrective action to
the satisfaction of the competent authority within a period agreed
with this authority.
SECTION B
ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES FOR COMPETENT AUTHORITIES
SUBPART A
GENERAL
T.B.101 Scope
This Section establishes the administrative requirements to be followed
by the competent authorities in charge of the application and
enforcement of Section A of this Part-T.
T.B.102 Competent authority

1. General
A Member State shall designate a competent authority with
allocated responsibilities as referred to in T.1. This competent
authority shall establish documented procedures and an organisa
tional structure.
2. Resources
The number of staff shall be appropriate to carry out the
requirements as detailed in this Section
3. Qualification and training

All staff involved in Part-T activities shall be appropriately
qualified and have the appropriate knowledge, experience, initial
training and continuation training to perform their allocated tasks.
4. Procedures
compliance with this Part is accomplished.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 265
▼M2
T.B.104 Record-keeping
1. The requirements of M.B.104(a), (b) and (c) of Annex I shall apply.
2. The minimum records for the oversight of each aircraft shall

include, at least, a copy of:
a) the aircraft's certificate of airworthiness,
b) all relevant correspondence relating to the aircraft,
c) reports from any inspection and survey performed to the aircraft,
d) details of any exemption and enforcement action(s).
3. All records specified in T.B.104 shall be made available, upon

request, to another Member State, the Agency or the State of
Registry.
4. The records specified in (2) shall be retained until 4 years after the
end of the dry lease-in period.
T.B.105 Mutual exchange of information

The requirements of M.B.105 of Annex I shall apply.
SUBPART B
ACCOUNTABILITY
T.B.201 Responsibilities
1. The competent authority as specified in T.1 is responsible for
conducting inspections and investigations, including aircraft
surveys, in order to verify that the requirements of this Part are
complied with.
2. The competent authority shall perform inspections and investi

gations before the approval of the dry lease in agreement in
accordance with ARO.OPS.110 (a)(1), to verify that the
requirements of T.A.201 are then complied with.
3. The competent authority shall ensure coordination with the State of

Registry as necessary to exercise the oversight responsibilities of
the aircraft contained in this Annex Va (Part-T).
T.B.202 Findings
1. A level 1 finding is any significant non-compliance with the Part-T
2. A level 2 finding is any non-compliance with the Part-T

3. When a finding is detected during inspections, investigations,

aircraft surveys or by other means, the competent authority shall:
a) take measures as necessary, such as the grounding of the

aircraft, to prevent the continuation of the non-compliance,
b) require corrective actions appropriate to the nature of the finding

to be taken.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 266
▼M2
4. For level 1 findings, the competent authority shall require appro
priate corrective action to be taken before further flight and notify
the State of Registry.
SUBPART G
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS
MANAGEMENT ORGANISATIONS APPROVED PURSUANT TO ANNEX
I (PART-M) SUBPART G
T.B.702 Initial approval

In addition to the requirements of M.B.702, when the organisation's
continuing airworthiness management exposition contains procedures
to manage the continuing airworthiness of aircraft referred to in
Article 1(b), the competent authority shall establish that those
procedures comply with Part-T and it shall verify that the organisation
complies with the Part-T requirements.
T.B.704 Continuing oversight

In addition to the requirements of M.B.704, a relevant sample of
aircraft referred to in Article 1(b) managed by the organisation shall
be surveyed in every 24-month period.
T.B.705 Findings
In addition to the requirements of M.B.705, for organisations managing
the continuing airworthiness of aircraft referred to in Article 1(b) the
competent authority shall also take actions when during audits, ramp
inspections or by other means evidence is found showing non-
compliance with the Part-T requirements.
02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.001 — 267
▼B
ANNEX VI
Correlation Table
Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003 This Regulation
Article 1 Article 1
Article 2 Article 2
Article 3(1), (2) and (3) Article 3(1), (2) and (3)
Article 3(4) —
Article 4 Article 4
Article 5 Article 5
Article 6 Article 6
— Article 7
Article 7(1) Article 8(1)
Article 7(2) —
Article 7(3), introductory wording Article 8(2), introductory wording
Article 7(3)(a) to (g) —
Article 7(3)(h) Article 8(2)(a)
Article 7(3)(i) Article 8(2)(b)
Article 7(4) —
Article 7(6) —
Article 7(7) —
Article 8 Article 9
Annex I Annex I
Annex II Annex II
Annex III Annex III
Annex IV Annex IV
— Annex V
— Annex VI

Celex 02014R1321-20160825 en TXT

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Celex 02014R1321-20160825 en TXT

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Celex 02014R1321-20160825 en TXT

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

02014R1321 — EN — 25.08.2016 — 002.

►B COMMISSION REGULATION (EU) No 1321/2014

(Text with EEA relevance)

This Regulation establishes common technical requirements and admin­

(a) the continuing airworthiness of aircraft, including any component

(i) registered in a Member State, unless their regulatory safety

(ii) registered in a third country and used by an EU operator, where

(b) compliance with the essential requirements set out in Regulation

Within the scope of Regulation (EC) No 216/2008, the following defi­

(b) ‘certifying staff’ means personnel responsible for the release of an

(c) ‘component’ means any engine, propeller, part or appliance;

(1) Regulation (EC) No 1008/2008 of the European Parliament and of the

(e) ‘JAA’ means ‘Joint Aviation Authorities.’;

(f) ‘JAR’ means ‘Joint Aviation Requirements’;

(i) ‘organisation’ means a natural person, a legal person or part of a

(j) ‘pre-flight inspection’ means the inspection carried out before

(k) ‘ELA1 aircraft’ means the following manned European light

(i) an aeroplane with a maximum take-off mass (MTOM) of

(ii) a sailplane or powered sailplane of 1 200 kg MTOM or less;

(iii) a balloon with a maximum design lifting gas or hot air

(i) an aeroplane with a Maximum Take-off Mass (MTOM) of

(ii) a sailplane or powered sailplane of 2 000 kg MTOM or less;

(iv) a hot air ship;

(v) a gas airship complying with all of the following character­

— 3 % maximum static heaviness,

— non-vectored thrust (except reverse thrust),

— conventional and simple design of structure, control

— non-power assisted controls;

(vi) a Very Light Rotorcraft;

(i) a Maximum Take-off Mass (MTOM) of not more than 600

(ii) a maximum stalling speed in the landing configuration (VS0)

(iii) a maximum seating capacity of no more than two persons,

(iv) a single, non-turbine engine fitted with a propeller;

(v) a non-pressurised cabin;

(o) ‘commercial specialised operations’ means those operations subject

(p) ‘limited operations’ means the operations of other-than-complex

(i) cost-shared flights by private individuals, on the condition that

(1) Commission Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 of 5 October 2012 laying down

(iii) introductory flights, parachute dropping, sailplane towing or

For the purpose of this Regulation, ‘limited operations’ are not

(q) ‘introductory flight’ means ‘introductory flight’ as defined in

(r) ‘competition flight’ means ‘competition flight’ as defined in

(s) ‘flying display’ means ‘flying display’ as defined in Article 2(11)

2. Organisations and personnel involved in the continuing

3. By way of derogation from paragraph 1, the continuing

(1) Commission Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 of 3 November 2011 laying

3. Personnel qualified to carry out and/or control a continued

4. Certificates of release to service and authorised release certificates

1. Certifying staff shall be qualified in accordance with the

2. Any aircraft maintenance licence and, if any, the technical limi­

4. Certifying staff holding a licence including aircraft which do not

5. Conversion reports and Examination credit reports complying with

6. Until such time as this Regulation specifies requirements for

(i) for aircraft other than aeroplanes and helicopters;

(ii) for components;

the requirements in force in the relevant Member State shall continue to

1. Organisations involved in the training of personnel referred to in

(a) to conduct recognised basic training courses; and/or

This Regulation establishes common technical requirements and admin

Within the scope of Regulation (EC) No 216/2008, the following defi

(v) a gas airship complying with all of the following character

2. Any aircraft maintenance licence and, if any, the technical limi

1. The Agency shall develop acceptable means of compliance (here